Tenant APIs
Overview
A FusionAuth Tenant is a named object that represents a discrete namespace for Users, Applications and Groups. A user is unique by email address or username within a tenant.
Tenants may be useful to support a multi-tenant application where you wish to use a single instance of FusionAuth but require the ability to have duplicate users across the tenants in your own application. In this scenario a user may exist multiple times with the same email address and different passwords across tenants.
Tenants may also be useful in a test or staging environment to allow multiple users to call APIs and create and modify users without possibility of collision.
The following APIs are provided to manage Tenants.
The following APIs provide a subset of the Tenant configuration without an API Key.
Related Posts
Create a Tenant
This API is used to create a new Tenant.
Request
Create a Tenant with a randomly generated Id
POST /api/tenant
Create a Tenant with the provided unique Id
POST /api/tenant/{tenantId}
Request Parameters
- tenantId [UUID] Optional defaults to secure random UUID
-
The Id to use for the new Tenant. If not specified a secure random UUID will be generated.
Request Body
- sourceTenantId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.14.0
-
The optional Id of an existing Tenant to make a copy of. A unique tenant.name is required. All other values will be copied from the source Tenant to the new Tenant.
- tenant.accessControlConfiguration.uiIPAccessControlListId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the IP Access Control List limiting access to all applications in this tenant.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize IP ACLs.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.captchaMethod [String] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The type of captcha method to use. This field is required when tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled is set to
true
. The possible values are:-
GoogleRecaptchaV2
- use Google Recaptcha v2 -
GoogleRecaptchaV3
- use Google Recaptcha v3 -
HCaptcha
- use HCaptcha -
HCaptchaEnterprise
- use HCaptcha Enterprise - v25
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
-
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether captcha configuration is enabled.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.secretKey [String] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The secret key for this captcha method. This field is required when tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled is set to
true
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.siteKey [String] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The site key for this captcha method. This field is required when tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled is set to
true
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.threshold [Float] Optional defaults to
0.5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The numeric threshold which separates a passing score from a failing one. This value only applies if using either the Google v3 or HCaptcha Enterprise method, otherwise this value is ignored.
The value must be between
0.0
and1.0
. Values outside of that range will result in an error.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.connectorPolicies [Array] Optional Available since 1.18.0
-
A list of Connector policies. Users will be authenticated against Connectors in order. Each Connector can be included in this list at most once and must exist.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.connectorId [UUID] Optional defaults to the FusionAuth connector Id ofe3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72
Available since 1.18.0 -
The identifier of the Connector to which this policy refers.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.domains [Array<String>] Optional defaults to["*"]
Available since 1.18.0 -
An list of email domains to which this connector should apply.
A value of
["*"]
indicates this connector applies to all users. - tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.migrate [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
Available since 1.18.0 -
If true, the user’s data will be migrated to FusionAuth at first successful authentication; subsequent authentications will occur against the FusionAuth datastore. If false, the Connector’s source will be treated as authoritative.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.data [Object] Optional
-
An object that can hold any information about the Tenant that should be persisted.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.additionalHeaders [Array<Object>] Optional Available since 1.32.0
-
The additional SMTP headers to be added to each outgoing email. Each SMTP header consists of a name and a value.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.37.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled to create an event log to assist in debugging SMTP errors.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromEmail [String] Optional defaults to
change-me@fusionauth.io
Available since 1.16.0 -
The default email address that emails will be sent from when a from address is not provided on an individual email template. This is the address part email address (i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromName [String] Optional Available since 1.16.0
-
The default From Name used in sending emails when a from name is not provided on an individual email template. This is the display name part of the email address ( i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their email address is updated.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to notify a user that their email address has been verified.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user is sent a forgot password email.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.host [String] Optional defaults to
localhost
Available since 1.8.0 -
The host name of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.implicitEmailVerificationAllowed Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.32.0 -
When set to true, this allows email to be verified as a result of completing a similar email based workflow such as change password. When set to false, the user must explicitly complete the email verification workflow even if the user has already completed a similar email workflow such as change password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to create an account with their login Id.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to update an existing account to use their login Id.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they log in on a new device.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a suspicious login occurs.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.password [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional password FusionAuth will use to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordlessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Passwordless Email Template, sent to users when they start a passwordless login.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they have completed a 'forgot password' workflow and their password has been reset.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their password has been updated.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.port [Integer] Optional defaults to
25
Available since 1.8.0 -
The port of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.properties [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
Additional Email Configuration in a properties file formatted String.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.security [String] Optional defaults to
NONE
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of security protocol FusionAuth will use when connecting to the SMTP server. The possible values are:
-
NONE
- no security will be used. All communications will be sent plaintext. -
SSL
- SSL will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This protocol is not recommended unless it is the only one your SMTP server supports. -
TLS
- TLS will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This is the preferred protocol for all SMTP servers.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.setPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user had their account created for them and they must set their password manually and they are sent an email to set their password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been added to their account.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been removed from their account.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.allowEmailChangeWhenGated [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When this value is set to
true
, the user is allowed to change their email address when they are gated because they haven’t verified their email address. - tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior [String] Optional defaults to
Allow
Available since 1.27.0 -
The desired behavior during login for a user that does not have a verified email. The possible values are:
-
Allow
- the user will be allowed to complete login. -
Gated
- verification is required before a user can complete login. The use of this value will require a paid edition of FusionAuth.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.username [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional username FusionAuth will to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users to verify that their email address is valid. If either the
verifyEmail
orverifyEmailWhenChanged
fields aretrue
, this field is required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationStrategy [String] Optional Available since 1.27.0
-
The process by which the user will verify their email address. The possible values are:
-
ClickableLink
- send the user a code with a clickable link. -
FormField
- send the user a short code intended to be manually entered into a form field. This is only available when tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior has theGated
value.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmail [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the registers with your application.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmailWhenChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the user changes them.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events [Object] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
A mapping of the configuration for each event type that FusionAuth sends. The event types that are the keys into this Object are:
-
audit-log.create
- When an audit log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
event-log.create
- When an event log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
jwt.public-key.update
- When a JWT RSA Public / Private keypair may have been changed -
jwt.refresh
- When an access token is refreshed using a refresh token Available since 1.16.0 -
jwt.refresh-token.revoke
- When a JWT Refresh Token is revoked -
kickstart.success
- When kickstart has successfully completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.action
- When a user action is triggered -
user.bulk.create
- When multiple users are created in bulk (i.e. during an import) -
user.create
- When a user is created -
user.create.complete
- When a user create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.deactivate
- When a user is deactivated -
user.delete
- When a user is deleted -
user.delete.complete
- When a user delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.update
- When a user updates their email address Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.verified
- When a user verifies their email address Available since 1.8.0 -
user.identity-provider.link
- When a link is created from a user to an Identity Provider Available since 1.36.0 -
user.identity-provider.unlink
- When an existing Identity Provider link is removed from a User Available since 1.36.0 -
user.loginId.duplicate.create
- When a request to create a user with a login Id (email or username) which is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.loginId.duplicate.update
- When a request to update a user and change their login Id (email or username) to one that is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.failed
- When a user fails a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.new-device
- When a user begins a login request with a new device Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.success
- When a user completes a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.suspicious
- When a user logs in and is considered to be a potential threat (requires an activated Enterprise license) Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.breach
- When Reactor detects a user is using a potentially breached password (requires an activated license) Available since 1.15.0Note: A paid plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.send
- When a forgot password email has been sent to a user Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.start
- When the process to reset a user password has started Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.success
- When a user has successfully reset their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.update
- When a user has updated their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.reactivate
- When a user is reactivated -
user.registration.create
- When a user registration is created Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.create.complete
- When a user registration create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.delete
- When a user registration is deleted Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.delete.complete
- When a user registration delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.update
- When a user registration is updated Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.update.complete
- When a user registration update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.verified
- When a user completes registration verification Available since 1.8.0 -
user.two-factor.method.add
- When a user has added a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.two-factor.method.remove
- When a user has removed a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.update
- When a user is updated -
user.update.complete
- When a user update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0
-
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether or not FusionAuth should send these types of events to any configured Webhooks.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.transactionType [String] Optional defaults toNone
Available since 1.8.0 -
The transaction type that FusionAuth uses when sending these types of events to any configured Webhooks. The transaction types are:
-
None
- No Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
Any
- Only a single Webhook is required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SimpleMajority
- A simple majority (50% or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SuperMajority
- A super majority (2/3 or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
AbsoluteMajority
- Every Webhook must succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed.
Prior to version
1.36.0
, this value did not have a default. This meant at runtime the when the transaction type was calculated, it would be assumed to beAbsoluteMajority
even though this value was not set in the domain. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
30
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a OAuth authorization code in no longer valid to be exchanged for an access token. This is essentially the time allowed between the start of an Authorization request during the Authorization code grant and when you request an access token using this authorization code on the Token endpoint.
Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 600.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
600
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a change password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.11.0 -
The time in seconds until a device code Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.11.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomAlphaNumeric
Available since 1.11.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the email verification Id.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
86,400
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a email verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Email API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomAlphaNumeric
Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.12.0 -
The time in seconds until an external authentication Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a One Time Password is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a passwordless code is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Passwordless API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
3600
Available since 1.28.0 -
The number of seconds before the pending account link identifier is no longer valid to complete an account link request. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
86,400
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a registration verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Registration API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomAlphaNumeric
Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required.
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.19.0 -
The time in seconds that a SAML AuthN request Id returned by the Start SAML v2 Login Request API will be eligible to be used to complete a SAML v2 Login request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
86,400
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a setup password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.33.0 -
The number of seconds before the Trust Token is no longer valid to complete a request that requires trust. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a two factor Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Two Factor Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the two factor code Id.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomDigits
Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the two factor one time code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.26.0 -
The number of seconds before the Two-Factor One Time Code used to enable or disable a two-factor method is no longer valid. Must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
2,592,000
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until an issued Two Factor trust Id is no longer valid and the User will be required to complete Two Factor authentication during the next authentication attempt. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.41.0 -
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn authentication challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn authentication ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.get
API call. Value must be greater than 0.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.41.0 -
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn registration challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn registration ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.create
API call. Value must be greater than 0.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionCancelPolicy.onPasswordReset [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.42.0 -
Indicates whether you want the user to be able to self-service unlock their account prior to the action duration by completing a password reset workflow.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDuration [Long] Optional defaults to
3
Available since 1.8.0 -
The duration of the User Action. This value along with the
actionDurationUnit
will be used to set the duration of the User Action. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDurationUnit [String] Optional defaults to
"MINUTES"
Available since 1.8.0 -
The unit of time associated with a duration. The possible values are:
-
MINUTES
-
HOURS
-
DAYS
-
WEEKS
-
MONTHS
-
YEARS
-
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.emailUser [String] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.42.0 -
Indicates you would like to email the user when the user’s account is locked due to this action being taken. This requires the User Action specified by the tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId to also be configured for email. If the User Action is not configured to be able to email the user, this configuration will be ignored. See userEmailingEnabled on the User Action.
The email template configuration will be in the User Action.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.resetCountInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in seconds before the failed authentication count will be reset. Value must be greater than 0.
For example, if
tooManyAttempts
is set to5
and you fail to authenticate4
times in a row, waiting for the duration specified here will cause your fifth attempt to start back at1
. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.tooManyAttempts [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of failed attempts considered to be too many. Once this threshold is reached the specified User Action will be applied to the user for the duration specified. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The Id of the User Action that is applied when the threshold is reached for too many failed authentication attempts.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.allowChildRegistrations [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to allow child registrations.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.confirmChildEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when confirming a child.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccounts [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that child users without parental verification will be permanently deleted after tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays days.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays [Integer] Optional defaults to
30
Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of days from creation child users will be retained before being deleted for not completing parental verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether family configuration is enabled.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.familyRequestEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when a family request is made.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.maximumChildAge [Integer] Optional defaults to
12
Available since 1.8.0 -
The maximum age of a child. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.minimumOwnerAge [Integer] Optional defaults to
21
Available since 1.8.0 -
The minimum age to be an owner. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentEmailRequired [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether a parent email is required.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use for parent registration.
- tenant.formConfiguration.adminUserFormId [UUID] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.20.0
-
The unique Id of the form to use for the Add and Edit User form when used in the FusionAuth admin UI.
When this parameter is not provided, it will default to the form Id currently assigned to the Default tenant.
Note: A paid plan is required to utilize custom forms.
- tenant.httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval [Integer] Optional defaults to
3600
Available since 1.8.0 -
Time in seconds until an inactive session will be invalidated. Used when creating a new session in the FusionAuth OAuth frontend.
- tenant.issuer [String] Optional defaults to
fusionauth.io
Available since 1.8.0 -
The named issuer used to sign tokens, this is generally your public fully qualified domain.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.accessTokenKeyId [UUID] Optional defaults to key value of the FusionAuth application Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the access token.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.idTokenKeyId [UUID] Optional defaults to key value of the FusionAuth application Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the Id token.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenExpirationPolicy [String] Optional defaults to
Fixed
Available since 1.17.0 -
The refresh token expiration policy. The following are valid values:
-
Fixed
- the expiration is calculated from the time the token is issued. -
SlidingWindow
- the expiration is calculated from the last time the token was used.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onLoginPrevented [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.17.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user action, such as locking an account based on a number of failed login attempts, prevents user login.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onMultiFactorEnable [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.42.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user enables multi-factor authentication for the first time. This policy will not be applied when adding subsequent multi-factor methods to the user.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onPasswordChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.17.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user changes their password.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes [Integer] Optional defaults to
43,200
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in minutes a Refresh Token is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenUsagePolicy [String] Optional defaults to
Reusable
Available since 1.17.0 -
The refresh token usage policy. The following are valid values:
-
Reusable
- the token does not change after it was issued. -
OneTimeUse
- the token value will be changed each time the token is used to refresh a JWT. The client must store the new value after each usage.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.timeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
3,600
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in seconds this JWT is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Enterprise User request to a FusionAuth User.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Enterprise User to a SCIM Server response.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupRequestConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Group request to a FusionAuth Group.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupResponseConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Group to a SCIM Server response.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM User request to a FusionAuth User.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth User to a SCIM Server response.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.loginConfiguration.requireAuthentication [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.26.0 -
Indicates whether to require an API key for the Login API when an
applicationId
is not provided. When anapplicationId
is provided to the Login API call, the application configuration will take precedence.In almost all cases, you will want to this to be
true
. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.days [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.8.0 -
The password maximum age in days. The number of days after which FusionAuth will require a user to change their password. Required when tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that the maximum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.minimumPasswordAge.seconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
30
Available since 1.8.0 -
The password minimum age in seconds. When enabled FusionAuth will not allow a password to be changed until it reaches this minimum age. Required when tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that the minimum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize an authenticator application to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This method uses TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Password) as defined in RFC 6238 and often uses an native mobile app such as Google Authenticator.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize an email address to complete a multi-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.templateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the email template that is used when notifying a user to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This field is required when tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.loginPolicy [String] Optional Defaults to
Enabled
Available since 1.37.0 -
When set to
Enabled
and a user has one or more two-factor methods configured, the user will be required to complete a two-factor challenge during login. When set toDisabled
, even when a user has configured one or more two-factor methods, the user will not be required to complete a two-factor challenge during login. When set toRequired
, a two-factor challenge will be required during login. If a user has not configured any two-factor methods, they will not be able to log in.This value may be overridden by the value configured by the application.multiFactorConfiguration.loginPolicy.
Supported values include:
-
Enabled
- Require a two-factor challenge during login when an eligible method is available. -
Disabled
- Do not require a two-factor challenge during login. -
Required
- Require a two-factor challenge during login. A user will be required to configure 2FA if no eligible methods are available. Available since 1.42.0
-
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize a mobile phone number to complete a multi-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.messengerId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The messenger that is used to deliver a SMS multi-factor authentication request. This field is required when tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.templateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the SMS template that is used when notifying a user to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This field is required when tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.name [String] Required
-
The unique name of the Tenant.
- tenant.oauthConfiguration.clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of a lambda that will be called to populate the JWT during a client credentials grant.
Note: A paid plan is required to utilize client credentials grant.
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionScheme [String] Optional defaults to
"salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256"
Available since 1.8.0 -
The default method for encrypting the User’s password. The following encryptors are provided with FusionAuth:
-
salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256-512
Available since 1.34.0
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionSchemeFactor [Integer] Optional defaults to
24000
Available since 1.8.0 -
The factor used by the password encryption scheme. If not provided, the
PasswordEncryptor
provides a default value. Generally this will be used as an iteration count to generate the hash. The actual use of this value is up to thePasswordEncryptor
implementation. - tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
When enabled a user’s hash configuration will be modified to match these configured settings. This can be useful to increase a password hash strength over time or upgrade imported users to a more secure encryption scheme after an initial import.
Beginning in version
1.42.0
when this configuration is enabled, in addition to re-hashing on login, the password will be re-hashed on password change as well. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.15.0 -
Whether to enable Reactor breach detection. Requires an activated license.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.matchMode [String] Optional Available since 1.15.0
-
The level of severity where Reactor will consider a breach. The following are valid values:
-
High
Only requires a password match, this is the most secure and is recommended -
Medium
Exact match on username, email address or email sub-address -
Low
Exact match on an email or username, or the password is a common breached value
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.notifyUserEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.15.0
-
The Id of the email template to use when notifying user of breached password. Required if tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin is set to
NotifyUser
. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin [String] Optional Available since 1.15.0
-
The behavior when detecting breaches at time of user login. The following are valid values:
-
Off
Do not perform breach detection at login -
RecordOnly
Only record the result, take no action -
NotifyUser
Notify the end user via email -
RequireChange
Require immediate password change
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer] Optional defaults to
256
Available since 1.8.0 -
The maximum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer] Optional defaults to
8
Available since 1.8.0 -
The minimum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of previous passwords to remember. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to prevent a user from using any of their previous passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one uppercase and one lowercase character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one non-alphanumeric character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one number.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.validateOnLogin [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.15.0 -
When enabled the user’s password will be validated during login. If the password does not meet the currently configured validation rules the user will be required to change their password.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for failed login.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can fail to login within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration. If a Failed authentication action has been configured then it will take precedence.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can fail login before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for forgot password.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a forgot password email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a forgot password email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send email verification.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a verification email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send passwordless.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a passwordless login email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a passwordless login email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send registration verification.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a registration verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a registration verification email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send two factor.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.registrationConfiguration.blockedDomains [Array<String>] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
A list of unique domains that are not allowed to register when self service is enabled.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize blocked domains.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.clientEntityTypeId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Clients for this tenant.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
Whether or not this tenant has the SCIM endpoints enabled.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.schemas [Map] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.36.0
-
JSON formatted as a SCIM Schemas endpoint response. Because the SCIM lambdas may modify the JSON response, ensure the Schema’s response matches that generated by the response lambdas. More about Schema definitions.
When this parameter is not provided, it will default to EnterpriseUser, Group, and User schema definitions as defined by the SCIM core schemas spec.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.serverEntityTypeId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Servers for this tenant.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.ssoConfiguration.deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
31,536,000
(1 year) Available since 1.30.2 -
The number of seconds before a trusted device is reset. When reset, a user is forced to complete captcha during login and complete two factor authentication if applicable.
- tenant.themeId [UUID] Optional defaults to the default tenant theme Id of
75a068fd-e94b-451a-9aeb-3ddb9a3b5987
Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique Id of the theme to be used to style the login page and other end user templates.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.13.0 -
Indicates that users without a verified email address will be permanently deleted after tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain days.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain [Integer] Optional Available since 1.13.0
-
The number of days from creation users will be retained before being deleted for not completing email verification. This field is required when tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled is set to
true
. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When
true
, FusionAuth will handle username collisions by generating a random suffix.Note: A paid plan is required to utilize unique usernames.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.numberOfDigits [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.27.0 -
The maximum number of digits to use when building a unique suffix for a username. A number will be randomly selected and will be 1 or more digits up to this configured value in length. For example, if this value is
5
, the suffix will be a number between00001
and99999
, inclusive. The value of this field must be greater than or equal to3
and less than or equal to10
. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.separator [String] Optional defaults to the
#
character Available since 1.27.0 -
A single character to use as a separator from the requested username and a unique suffix that is added when a duplicate username is detected. This value can be a single non-alphanumeric ASCII character.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.strategy [String] Optional defaults to
OnCollision
Available since 1.29.0 -
This strategy instructions FusionAuth when to append a unique suffix to the username. The possible values are:
-
Always
- Always append a unique suffix even when the requested username is not in use. -
OnCollision
- Only append a unique suffix when the requested username is in use.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Optional defaults to
crossPlatform
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
The recommended value for the bootstrap workflow is
any
.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn cross-platform authenticators.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has the WebAuthn bootstrap workflow enabled. The bootstrap workflow is used when the user must "bootstrap" the authentication process by identifying themselves prior to the WebAuthn ceremony and can be used to authenticate from a new device using WebAuthn.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Optional defaults to
required
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
It is highly recommended to use the
required
option for the bootstrap workflow.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled for this tenant to create an event log to assist in debugging WebAuthn errors.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has WebAuthn enabled globally.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Optional defaults to
crossPlatform
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
The recommended value for the reauthentication workflow is
platform
.Note: A paid plan is required to utilize unique usernames.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn cross-platform authenticators.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has the WebAuthn reauthentication workflow enabled. The reauthentication workflow will automatically prompt a user to authenticate using WebAuthn for repeated logins from the same device.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Optional defaults to
required
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
It is highly recommended to use the
required
option for the reauthentication workflow.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyId [String] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.41.0
-
The value this tenant will use for the Relying Party Id in WebAuthn ceremonies. Passkeys can only be used to authenticate on sites using the same Relying Party Id they were registered with. This value must match the browser origin or be a registrable domain suffix of the browser origin. For example, if your domain is
auth.piedpiper.com
, you could useauth.piedpiper.com
orpiedpiper.com
but notm.auth.piedpiper.com
orcom
.When this parameter is omitted, FusionAuth will use
null
for the Relying Party Id in passkey creation and request options. Anull
value in the WebAuthn JavaScript API will use the browser origin.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyName [String] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.41.0
-
The value this tenant will use for the Relying Party name in WebAuthn ceremonies. This value may be displayed by browser or operating system dialogs during WebAuthn ceremonies.
When this parameter is omitted, FusionAuth will use the tenant.issuer value.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- webhookIds [Array<UUID>] Optional Available since 1.37.0
-
An array of Webhook Ids. For Webhooks that are not already configured for All Tenants, specifying an Id on this request will indicate the associated Webhook should handle events for this tenant.
{
"tenant": {
"accessControlConfiguration": {
"uiIPAccessControlListId": "11d49de7-69f6-46fc-8270-0b3aa626327a"
},
"captchaConfiguration": {
"captchaMethod": "GoogleRecaptchaV3",
"enabled": true,
"secretKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk70us00012r66r96tt7rp",
"siteKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk75tz00022r66ombcfadr",
"threshold": 0.5
},
"connectorPolicies": [
{
"connectorId": "e3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": false
},
{
"connectorId": "27f22280-7e55-4d1c-b9f8-239bf9cc1a5e",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": true
}
],
"data": {
"description": "No more secrets, Marty."
},
"emailConfiguration": {
"additionalHeaders": [
{
"name": "X-SES-CONFIGURATION-SET",
"value": "example_configuration_set_name"
}
],
"defaultFromEmail": "jared@piedpiper.com",
"defaultFromName": "Jared Dunn",
"emailUpdateEmailTemplateId": "ec3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId": "49aba1de-0225-45d7-a2b1-f9fe46b0242c",
"host": "smtp.sendgrid.net",
"implicitEmailVerificationAllowed": true,
"loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId": "2c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId": "3c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId": "4c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"password": "password",
"passwordlessEmailTemplateId": "a917e23a-da58-4cda-be01-90f542f8c343",
"passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId": "5c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId": "6c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"port": 587,
"properties": {
"key": "value"
},
"security": "TLS",
"setPasswordEmailTemplateId": "a9aba13e-0125-4fd7-a2b1-aaa146b02423",
"twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId": "7c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId": "8c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"unverified": {
"allowEmailChangeWhenGated": false,
"behavior": "Allow"
},
"username": "username",
"verificationEmailTemplateId": "8da42c09-461c-45f3-b931-6e9f63b87ab5",
"verificationStrategy": "FormField",
"verifyEmail": true,
"verifyEmailWhenChanged": true
},
"eventConfiguration": {
"events": {
"user.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.deactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.bulk.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.reactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh-token.revoke": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.public-key.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.success": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.failed": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.password.breach": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.email.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
}
}
},
"externalIdentifierConfiguration": {
"authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 30,
"changePasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 600,
"deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 1800,
"deviceUserCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"emailVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"passwordlessLoginGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds": 3600,
"registrationVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"setupPasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomDigits"
},
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 2592000,
"webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180
},
"failedAuthenticationConfiguration": {
"actionCancelPolicy": {
"onPasswordReset": false
},
"actionDuration": 3,
"actionDurationUnit": "MINUTES",
"emailUser": false,
"resetCountInSeconds": 60,
"tooManyAttempts": 5,
"userActionId": "16cfc707-268c-4c5b-8989-f71f3ee156d4"
},
"familyConfiguration": {
"allowChildRegistrations": true,
"confirmChildEmailTemplateId": "87654321-4321-8765-ba09-ba0987654321",
"deleteOrphanedAccounts": false,
"deleteOrphanedAccountsDays": 30,
"enabled": true,
"familyRequestEmailTemplateId": "57462514-a73b-cd76-0001-b8a65cd61230",
"maximumChildAge": 12,
"minimumOwnerAge": 21,
"parentEmailRequired": false,
"parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId": "12345678-1234-5678-90ab-1234567890ab"
},
"formConfiguration": {
"adminUserFormId": "e92751a5-25f4-4bca-ad91-66cdf67725d2"
},
"httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval": 3600,
"issuer": "https://example.com",
"jwtConfiguration": {
"accessTokenKeyId": "025233ca-d4f3-2aa4-eca9-7e4200e9b472",
"enabled": true,
"idTokenKeyId": "092dbedc-30af-4149-9c61-b578f2c72f59",
"refreshTokenExpirationPolicy": "Fixed",
"refreshTokenRevocationPolicy": {
"onLoginPrevented": true,
"onMultiFactorEnable": true,
"onPasswordChanged": true
},
"refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes": 43200,
"refreshTokenUsagePolicy": "Reusable",
"timeToLiveInSeconds": 3600
},
"lambdaConfiguration": {
"scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId": "c2e70f8d-19bb-4df7-848a-33a9a1e26b84",
"scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId": "44fc9553-8a2e-408f-8aa2-fa65b70b55e2",
"scimGroupRequestConverterId": "66d65de0-1819-42f8-86ed-7daaa4e155dc",
"scimGroupResponseConverterId": "79812ede-432f-4375-9b43-23c0fe996fef",
"scimUserRequestConverterId": "8a51d7a1-5e3e-442a-b96a-0c31379bb3d4",
"scimUserResponseConverterId": "c8720843-dc4f-4e6c-b6ca-500e9c44695f"
},
"logoutURL": "http://example.com/logout",
"maximumPasswordAge": {
"days": 180,
"enabled": false
},
"minimumPasswordAge": {
"enabled": false,
"seconds": 30
},
"multiFactorConfiguration": {
"authenticator": {
"enabled": true
},
"email": {
"enabled": true,
"templateId": "d312fb71-d7d8-4b75-a497-6096a07220b3"
},
"loginPolicy": "Enabled",
"sms": {
"enabled": true,
"messengerId": "0a4bae38-ffef-4c33-b74c-1d50c796f600",
"templateId": "f35e04e6-72ec-4f52-b552-29cf950a4ed6"
}
},
"name": "Playtronics Co.",
"oauthConfiguration": {
"clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId": "46e120c1-4c22-473f-95b4-e2c187cd20c2"
},
"passwordEncryptionConfiguration": {
"encryptionScheme": "salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256",
"encryptionSchemeFactor": 24000,
"modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin": false
},
"passwordValidationRules": {
"breachDetection": {
"enabled": true,
"notifyUserEmailTemplateId": "e6c74b53-d43d-471e-ae7e-906456d0f341",
"matchMode": "High",
"onLogin": "Off"
},
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true,
"validateOnLogin": false
},
"rateLimitConfiguration": {
"failedLogin": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"forgotPassword": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendEmailVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendRegistrationVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendPasswordless": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendTwoFactor": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
}
},
"registrationConfiguration": {},
"scimServerConfiguration": {
"clientEntityTypeId": "d9ed49f7-1106-4b20-acdb-5cbda76ae77e",
"enabled": true,
"serverEntityTypeId": "919e0ac5-1cf0-4fcf-a8fc-29d77a0d1d8f",
"schemas": {}
},
"ssoConfiguration": {
"deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds": 31536000
},
"themeId": "c6ad3fac-6f32-4db7-91a4-061ff035e871",
"userDeletePolicy": {
"unverified": {
"enabled": true,
"numberOfDaysToRetain": 30
}
},
"usernameConfiguration": {
"unique": {
"enabled": false,
"numberOfDigits": 5,
"separator": "#"
}
},
"webAuthnConfiguration": {
"enabled": true,
"bootstrapWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "crossPlatform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"debug": false,
"reauthenticationWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "platform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"relyingPartyId": "piedpiper.com",
"relyingPartyName": "Pied Piper"
},
"webhookIds": [
"00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000042"
]
}
}
Response
The response for this API contains the Tenant that was created.
Code | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The request was successful. The response will contain a JSON body. |
400 |
The request was invalid and/or malformed. The response will contain an Errors JSON Object with the specific errors. This status will also be returned if a paid FusionAuth license is required and is not present. |
401 |
You did not supply a valid Authorization header. The header was omitted or your API key was not valid. The response will be empty. See Authentication. |
500 |
There was an internal error. A stack trace is provided and logged in the FusionAuth log files. The response will be empty. |
Response Body
- tenant.accessControlConfiguration.uiIPAccessControlListId [UUID] Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the IP Access Control List limiting access to this all applications in this tenant.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.captchaMethod [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The type of captcha method to use.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.30.0
-
Whether captcha configuration is enabled.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.secretKey [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The secret key for this captcha method.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.siteKey [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The site key for this captcha method.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.threshold [Float] Available since 1.30.0
-
The numeric threshold which separates a passing score from a failing one. This value only applies if using either the Google v3 or HCaptcha Enterprise method, otherwise this value is ignored.
- tenant.configured [Boolean]
-
Indicates the tenant has been configured. It is always
true
, except for default tenant when the setup wizard has not been completed, in which case it isfalse
. - tenant.connectorPolicies [Array] Available since 1.18.0
-
A list of Connector policies. Users will be authenticated against Connectors in order. Each Connector can be included in this list at most once and must exist.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.connectorId [UUID] Available since 1.18.0 -
The identifier of the Connector to which this policy refers.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.domains [String] Available since 1.18.0 -
An list of email domains to which this connector should apply.
A value of
["*"]
indicates this connector applies to all users. - tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.migrate [Boolean] # Available since 1.18.0 -
If true, the user’s data will be migrated to FusionAuth at first successful authentication; subsequent authentications will occur against the FusionAuth datastore. If false, the Connector’s source will be treated as authoritative.
- tenant.data [Object]
-
An object that can hold any information about the Tenant that should be persisted.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.additionalHeaders [Array<Object>] Optional Available since 1.32.0
-
The additional SMTP headers to be added to each outgoing email. Each SMTP header consists of a name and a value.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.37.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled to create an event log to assist in debugging SMTP errors.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromEmail [String] Optional defaults to
change-me@fusionauth.io
Available since 1.16.0 -
The default email address that emails will be sent from when a from address is not provided on an individual email template. This is the address part email address (i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromName [String] Optional Available since 1.16.0
-
The default From Name used in sending emails when a from name is not provided on an individual email template. This is the display name part of the email address ( i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their email address is updated.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to notify a user that their email address has been verified.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user is sent a forgot password email.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.host [String] Optional defaults to
localhost
Available since 1.8.0 -
The host name of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.implicitEmailVerificationAllowed Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.32.0 -
When set to true, this allows email to be verified as a result of completing a similar email based workflow such as change password. When set to false, the user must explicitly complete the email verification workflow even if the user has already completed a similar email workflow such as change password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to create an account with their login Id.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to update an existing account to use their login Id.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they log in on a new device.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a suspicious login occurs.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.password [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional password FusionAuth will use to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordlessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Passwordless Email Template, sent to users when they start a passwordless login.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they have completed a 'forgot password' workflow and their password has been reset.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their password has been updated.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.port [Integer] Optional defaults to
25
Available since 1.8.0 -
The port of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.properties [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
Additional Email Configuration in a properties file formatted String.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.security [String] Optional defaults to
NONE
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of security protocol FusionAuth will use when connecting to the SMTP server. The possible values are:
-
NONE
- no security will be used. All communications will be sent plaintext. -
SSL
- SSL will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This protocol is not recommended unless it is the only one your SMTP server supports. -
TLS
- TLS will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This is the preferred protocol for all SMTP servers.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.setPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user had their account created for them and they must set their password manually and they are sent an email to set their password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been added to their account.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been removed from their account.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.allowEmailChangeWhenGated [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When this value is set to
true
, the user is allowed to change their email address when they are gated because they haven’t verified their email address. - tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior [String] Optional defaults to
Allow
Available since 1.27.0 -
The desired behavior during login for a user that does not have a verified email. The possible values are:
-
Allow
- the user will be allowed to complete login. -
Gated
- verification is required before a user can complete login. The use of this value will require a paid edition of FusionAuth.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.username [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional username FusionAuth will to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users to verify that their email address is valid. If either the
verifyEmail
orverifyEmailWhenChanged
fields aretrue
, this field is required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationStrategy [String] Optional Available since 1.27.0
-
The process by which the user will verify their email address. The possible values are:
-
ClickableLink
- send the user a code with a clickable link. -
FormField
- send the user a short code intended to be manually entered into a form field. This is only available when tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior has theGated
value.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmail [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the registers with your application.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmailWhenChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the user changes them.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events [Object] Available since 1.8.0
-
A mapping of the configuration for each event type that FusionAuth sends. The event types that are the keys into this Object are:
-
audit-log.create
- When an audit log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
event-log.create
- When an event log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
jwt.public-key.update
- When a JWT RSA Public / Private keypair may have been changed -
jwt.refresh
- When an access token is refreshed using a refresh token Available since 1.16.0 -
jwt.refresh-token.revoke
- When a JWT Refresh Token is revoked -
kickstart.success
- When kickstart has successfully completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.action
- When a user action is triggered -
user.bulk.create
- When multiple users are created in bulk (i.e. during an import) -
user.create
- When a user is created -
user.create.complete
- When a user create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.deactivate
- When a user is deactivated -
user.delete
- When a user is deleted -
user.delete.complete
- When a user delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.update
- When a user updates their email address Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.verified
- When a user verifies their email address Available since 1.8.0 -
user.identity-provider.link
- When a link is created from a user to an Identity Provider Available since 1.36.0 -
user.identity-provider.unlink
- When an existing Identity Provider link is removed from a User Available since 1.36.0 -
user.loginId.duplicate.create
- When a request to create a user with a login Id (email or username) which is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.loginId.duplicate.update
- When a request to update a user and change their login Id (email or username) to one that is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.failed
- When a user fails a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.new-device
- When a user begins a login request with a new device Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.success
- When a user completes a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.suspicious
- When a user logs in and is considered to be a potential threat (requires an activated Enterprise license) Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.breach
- When Reactor detects a user is using a potentially breached password (requires an activated license) Available since 1.15.0Note: A paid plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.send
- When a forgot password email has been sent to a user Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.start
- When the process to reset a user password has started Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.success
- When a user has successfully reset their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.update
- When a user has updated their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.reactivate
- When a user is reactivated -
user.registration.create
- When a user registration is created Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.create.complete
- When a user registration create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.delete
- When a user registration is deleted Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.delete.complete
- When a user registration delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.update
- When a user registration is updated Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.update.complete
- When a user registration update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.verified
- When a user completes registration verification Available since 1.8.0 -
user.two-factor.method.add
- When a user has added a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.two-factor.method.remove
- When a user has removed a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.update
- When a user is updated -
user.update.complete
- When a user update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0
-
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether or not FusionAuth should send these types of events to any configured Webhooks.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.transactionType [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The transaction type that FusionAuth uses when sending these types of events to any configured Webhooks. The transaction types are:
-
None
- No Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
Any
- Only a single Webhook is required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SimpleMajority
- A simple majority (50% or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SuperMajority
- A super majority (2/3 or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
AbsoluteMajority
- Every Webhook must succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed.
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an OAuth authorization code is no longer valid to be exchanged for an access token. This is essentially the time allowed between the start of an Authorization request during the Authorization code grant and when you request an access token using this authorization code on the Token endpoint.
Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 600.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a change password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.11.0
-
The time in seconds until a device code Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.11.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.11.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the email verification Id.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an email verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Email API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.12.0
-
The time in seconds until an external authentication Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a One Time Password is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a passwordless code is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Passwordless API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.28.0
-
The number of seconds before the pending account link identifier is no longer valid to complete an account link request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a registration verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Registration API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.19.0
-
The time in seconds that a SAML AuthN request Id returned by the Start SAML v2 Login Request API will be eligible to be used to complete a SAML v2 Login request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a setup password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.33.0
-
The number of seconds before the Trust Token is no longer valid to complete a request that requires trust. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a two factor Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Two Factor Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the two factor one time code Id.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the two factor code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The number of seconds before the Two-Factor One Time Code used to enable or disable a two-factor method is no longer valid. Must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an issued Two Factor trust Id is no longer valid and the User will be required to complete Two Factor authentication during the next authentication attempt. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0
-
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn authentication challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn authentication ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.get
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0
-
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn registration challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn registration ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.create
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionCancelPolicy.onPasswordReset [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates whether you want the user to be able to self-service unlock their account prior to the action duration by completing a password reset workflow.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDuration [Long] Available since 1.8.0
-
The duration of the User Action. This value along with the
actionDurationUnit
will be used to set the duration of the User Action. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDurationUnit [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unit of time associated with a duration. The possible values are:
-
MINUTES
-
HOURS
-
DAYS
-
WEEKS
-
MONTHS
-
YEARS
-
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.emailUser [String] Optional Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates you would like to email the user when the user’s account is locked due to this action being taken. This requires the User Action specified by the tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId to also be configured for email. If the User Action is not configured to be able to email the user, this configuration will be ignored. See userEmailingEnabled on the User Action.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.resetCountInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in seconds before the failed authentication count will be reset. Value must be greater than 0.
For example, if
tooManyAttempts
is set to5
and you fail to authenticate4
times in a row, waiting for the duration specified here will cause your fifth attempt to start back at1
. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.tooManyAttempts [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of failed attempts considered to be too many. Once this threshold is reached the specified User Action will be applied to the user for the duration specified. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The Id of the User Action that is applied when the threshold is reached for too many failed authentication attempts.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.allowChildRegistrations [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to allow child registrations.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.confirmChildEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when confirming a child.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccounts [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that child users without parental verification will be permanently deleted after tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays days.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of days from creation child users will be retained before being deleted for not completing parental verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether family configuration is enabled.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.familyRequestEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when a family request is made.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.maximumChildAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The maximum age of a child. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.minimumOwnerAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The minimum age to be an owner. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentEmailRequired [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether a parent email is required.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use for parent registration.
- tenant.formConfiguration.adminUserFormId [UUID] Available since 1.20.0
-
The unique Id of the form to use for the Add and Edit User form when used in the FusionAuth admin UI.
- tenant.httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
Time in seconds until an inactive session will be invalidated. Used when creating a new session in the FusionAuth OAuth frontend.
- tenant.id [UUID]
-
The unique identifier for this Tenant.
- tenant.insertInstant [Long]
-
The instant that the Tenant was added to the FusionAuth database.
- tenant.issuer [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The named issuer used to sign tokens, this is generally your public fully qualified domain.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.accessTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the access token.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.idTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the Id token.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenExpirationPolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0
-
The refresh token expiration policy. The following are valid values:
-
Fixed
- the expiration is calculated from the time the token is issued. -
SlidingWindow
- the expiration is calculated from the last time the token was used.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onLoginPrevented [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user action, such as locking an account based on a number of failed login attempts, prevents user login.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onMultiFactorEnable [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user enables multi-factor authentication for the first time. This policy will not be applied when adding subsequent multi-factor methods to the user.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onPasswordChanged [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user changes their password.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in minutes a Refresh Token is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenUsagePolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0
-
The refresh token usage policy. The following are valid values:
-
Reusable
- the token does not change after it was issued. -
OneTimeUse
- the token value will be changed each time the token is used to refresh a JWT. The client must store the new value after each usage.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.timeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in seconds this JWT is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Enterprise User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Enterprise User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Group request to a FusionAuth Group.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM GroupResponse Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Group to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lastUpdateInstant [Long]
-
The instant that the Tenant was last updated in the FusionAuth database.
- tenant.loginConfiguration.requireAuthentication [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
Indicates whether to require an API key for the Login API when an
applicationId
is not provided. When anapplicationId
is provided to the Login API call, the application configuration will take precedence. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.days [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The password maximum age in days. The number of days after which FusionAuth will require a user to change their password. Required when tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that the maximum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.minimumPasswordAge.seconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The password minimum age in seconds. When enabled FusionAuth will not allow a password to be changed until it reaches this minimum age. Required when tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that the minimum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.algorithm [String] Available since 1.26.0
-
The algorithm used by the TOTP authenticator. This value is
HmacSHA1
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.codeLength [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The length of the code generated by the TOTP. This value is
6
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize an authenticator application to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This method uses TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Password) as defined in RFC 6238 and often uses an native mobile app such as Google Authenticator.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.timeStep [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The time-step size in seconds. This value is
30
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize an email address to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the email template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize a mobile phone number to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.messengerId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The messenger that is used to deliver a SMS two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the SMS template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.name [String]
-
The unique name of the Tenant.
- tenant.oauthConfiguration.clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of a lambda that will be called to populate the JWT during a client credentials grant.
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionScheme [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The default method for encrypting the User’s password. The following encryptors are provided with FusionAuth:
-
salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256-512
Available since 1.34.0
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionSchemeFactor [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The factor used by the password encryption scheme. If not provided, the
PasswordEncryptor
provides a default value. Generally this will be used as an iteration count to generate the hash. The actual use of this value is up to thePasswordEncryptor
implementation. - tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
When enabled a user’s hash configuration will be modified to match these configured settings. This can be useful to increase a password hash strength over time or upgrade imported users to a more secure encryption scheme after an initial import.
Beginning in version
1.42.0
when this configuration is enabled, in addition to re-hashing on login, the password will be re-hashed on password change as well. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0
-
Whether to enable Reactor breach detection. Requires an activated license.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.matchMode [String] Available since 1.15.0
-
The level of severity where Reactor will consider a breach. The following are valid values:
-
High
Only requires a password match, this is the most secure and is recommended -
Medium
Exact match on username, email address or email sub-address -
Low
Exact match on an email or username, or the password is a common breached value
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.notifyUserEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.15.0
-
The Id of the email template to use when notifying a user of a breached password.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin [String] Available since 1.15.0
-
The behavior when detecting breaches at time of user login. The following are valid values:
-
Off
Do not perform breach detection at login -
RecordOnly
Only record the result, take no action -
NotifyUser
Notify the end user via email -
RequireChange
Require immediate password change
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The maximum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The minimum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of previous passwords to remember. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to prevent a user from using any of their previous passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one uppercase and one lowercase character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one non-alphanumeric character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one number.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.validateOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0
-
When enabled the user’s password will be validated during login. If the password does not meet the currently configured validation rules the user will be required to change their password.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can fail to login within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration. If a Failed authentication action has been configured then it will take precedence.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can fail login before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a forgot password email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a forgot password email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a verification email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a passwordless login email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a passwordless login email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a registration verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a registration verification email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS before being rate limited.
- tenant.registrationConfiguration.blockedDomains [Array<String>] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
A list of unique domains that are not allowed to register when self service is enabled.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.clientEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Clients for this tenant.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.36.0
-
Whether or not this tenant has the SCIM endpoints enabled.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.schemas [Map] Available since 1.36.0
-
JSON formatted as a SCIM Schemas endpoint response. Because the SCIM lambdas may modify the JSON response, ensure the Schema’s response matches that generated by the response lambdas. More about Schema definitions.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.serverEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Servers for this tenant.
- tenant.ssoConfiguration.deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.2
-
The number of seconds before a trusted device is reset. When reset, a user is forced to complete captcha during login and complete two factor authentication if applicable.
- tenant.state [String] Available since 1.22.0
-
The current state of the tenant. The following are valid values:
-
Active
- The tenant is active. -
PendingDelete
- A delete request has been requested and is being processed.
-
- tenant.themeId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the theme to be used to style the login page and other end user templates.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.13.0
-
Indicates that users without a verified email address will be permanently deleted after tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain days.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain [Integer] Available since 1.13.0
-
The number of days from creation users will be retained before being deleted for not completing email verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.27.0
-
When
true
, FusionAuth will handle username collisions by generating a random suffix. Users with colliding usernames will be able to use the same one, but in the admin and API interfaces, a unique username will be displayed. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.numberOfDigits [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The maximum number of digits to use when building a unique suffix for a username. A number will be randomly selected and will be 1 or more digits up to this configured value in length. For example, if this value is
5
, the suffix will be a number between00001
and99999
, inclusive. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.separator [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
A single character to use as a separator from the requested username and a unique suffix that is added when a duplicate username is detected. This value can be a single non alphanumeric ASCII character.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.strategy [String] Available since 1.29.0
-
This strategy instructions FusionAuth when to append a unique suffix to the username. The possible values are:
-
Always
- Always append a unique suffix even when the requested username is not in use. -
OnCollision
- Only append a unique suffix when the requested username is in use.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether the WebAuthn bootstrap workflow is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether debug event log output is enabled for WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether WebAuthn configuration is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether the WebAuthn reauthentication workflow is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyId [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The Relying Party Id the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. Passkeys can only be used to authenticate on sites using the same Relying Party Id they were registered with.
The default value is
null
, which instructs the WebAuthn JavaScript API to use the browser origin. - tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyName [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The Relying Party name the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. This value is used only for display and may be shown by browser or OS dialogs during WebAuthn ceremonies.
If no value is configured, the tenant.issuer value will be used.
{
"tenant": {
"accessControlConfiguration": {
"uiIPAccessControlListId": "11d49de7-69f6-46fc-8270-0b3aa626327a"
},
"configured": true,
"captchaConfiguration": {
"captchaMethod": "GoogleRecaptchaV3",
"enabled": true,
"secretKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk70us00012r66r96tt7rp",
"siteKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk75tz00022r66ombcfadr",
"threshold": 0.5
},
"connectorPolicies": [
{
"connectorId": "e3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": false
},
{
"connectorId": "27f22280-7e55-4d1c-b9f8-239bf9cc1a5e",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": true
}
],
"data": {
"description": "No more secrets, Marty."
},
"emailConfiguration": {
"additionalHeaders": [
{
"name": "X-SES-CONFIGURATION-SET",
"value": "example_configuration_set_name"
}
],
"defaultFromEmail": "jared@piedpiper.com",
"defaultFromName": "Jared Dunn",
"emailUpdateEmailTemplateId": "ec3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId": "49aba1de-0225-45d7-a2b1-f9fe46b0242c",
"host": "smtp.sendgrid.net",
"implicitEmailVerificationAllowed": true,
"loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId": "2c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId": "3c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId": "4c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"password": "password",
"passwordlessEmailTemplateId": "a917e23a-da58-4cda-be01-90f542f8c343",
"passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId": "5c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId": "6c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"port": 587,
"properties": {
"key": "value"
},
"security": "TLS",
"setPasswordEmailTemplateId": "a9aba13e-0125-4fd7-a2b1-aaa146b02423",
"twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId": "7c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId": "8c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"unverified": {
"allowEmailChangeWhenGated": false,
"behavior": "Allow"
},
"username": "username",
"verificationEmailTemplateId": "8da42c09-461c-45f3-b931-6e9f63b87ab5",
"verificationStrategy": "FormField",
"verifyEmail": true,
"verifyEmailWhenChanged": true
},
"eventConfiguration": {
"events": {
"user.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.deactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.bulk.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.reactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh-token.revoke": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.public-key.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.success": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.failed": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.password.breach": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.email.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
}
}
},
"externalIdentifierConfiguration": {
"authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 30,
"changePasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 600,
"deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 1800,
"deviceUserCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"emailVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"passwordlessLoginGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds": 3600,
"registrationVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"setupPasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomDigits"
},
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 2592000,
"webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180
},
"failedAuthenticationConfiguration": {
"actionCancelPolicy": {
"onPasswordReset": false
},
"actionDuration": 3,
"actionDurationUnit": "MINUTES",
"emailUser": false,
"resetCountInSeconds": 60,
"tooManyAttempts": 5,
"userActionId": "16cfc707-268c-4c5b-8989-f71f3ee156d4"
},
"familyConfiguration": {
"allowChildRegistrations": true,
"confirmChildEmailTemplateId": "87654321-4321-8765-ba09-ba0987654321",
"deleteOrphanedAccounts": false,
"deleteOrphanedAccountsDays": 30,
"enabled": true,
"familyRequestEmailTemplateId": "57462514-a73b-cd76-0001-b8a65cd61230",
"maximumChildAge": 12,
"minimumOwnerAge": 21,
"parentEmailRequired": false,
"parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId": "12345678-1234-5678-90ab-1234567890ab"
},
"formConfiguration": {
"adminUserFormId": "e92751a5-25f4-4bca-ad91-66cdf67725d2"
},
"httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval": 3600,
"id": "32306536-3036-6431-3865-646430303332",
"insertInstant": 1572469040579,
"issuer": "https://example.com",
"jwtConfiguration": {
"accessTokenKeyId": "025233ca-d4f3-2aa4-eca9-7e4200e9b472",
"enabled": true,
"idTokenKeyId": "092dbedc-30af-4149-9c61-b578f2c72f59",
"refreshTokenExpirationPolicy": "Fixed",
"refreshTokenRevocationPolicy": {
"onLoginPrevented": true,
"onMultiFactorEnable": true,
"onPasswordChanged": true
},
"refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes": 43200,
"refreshTokenUsagePolicy": "Reusable",
"timeToLiveInSeconds": 3600
},
"lambdaConfiguration": {
"scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId": "c2e70f8d-19bb-4df7-848a-33a9a1e26b84",
"scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId": "44fc9553-8a2e-408f-8aa2-fa65b70b55e2",
"scimGroupRequestConverterId": "66d65de0-1819-42f8-86ed-7daaa4e155dc",
"scimGroupResponseConverterId": "79812ede-432f-4375-9b43-23c0fe996fef",
"scimUserRequestConverterId": "8a51d7a1-5e3e-442a-b96a-0c31379bb3d4",
"scimUserResponseConverterId": "c8720843-dc4f-4e6c-b6ca-500e9c44695f"
},
"lastUpdateInstant": 1595361143101,
"loginConfiguration": {
"requireAuthentication": true
},
"logoutURL": "http://example.com/logout",
"maximumPasswordAge": {
"days": 180,
"enabled": false
},
"minimumPasswordAge": {
"enabled": false,
"seconds": 30
},
"multiFactorConfiguration": {
"authenticator": {
"algorithm": "HmacSHA1",
"codeLength": 6,
"enabled": true,
"timeStep": 30
},
"email": {
"enabled": true,
"templateId": "d312fb71-d7d8-4b75-a497-6096a07220b3"
},
"loginPolicy": "Enabled",
"sms": {
"enabled": true,
"messengerId": "0a4bae38-ffef-4c33-b74c-1d50c796f600",
"templateId": "f35e04e6-72ec-4f52-b552-29cf950a4ed6"
}
},
"name": "Playtronics Co.",
"oauthConfiguration": {
"clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId": "46e120c1-4c22-473f-95b4-e2c187cd20c2"
},
"passwordEncryptionConfiguration": {
"encryptionScheme": "salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256",
"encryptionSchemeFactor": 24000,
"modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin": false
},
"passwordValidationRules": {
"breachDetection": {
"enabled": true,
"notifyUserEmailTemplateId": "e6c74b53-d43d-471e-ae7e-906456d0f341",
"matchMode": "High",
"onLogin": "Off"
},
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true,
"validateOnLogin": false
},
"rateLimitConfiguration": {
"failedLogin": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"forgotPassword": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendEmailVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendRegistrationVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendPasswordless": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendTwoFactor": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
}
},
"registrationConfiguration": {},
"scimServerConfiguration": {
"clientEntityTypeId": "d9ed49f7-1106-4b20-acdb-5cbda76ae77e",
"enabled": true,
"serverEntityTypeId": "919e0ac5-1cf0-4fcf-a8fc-29d77a0d1d8f",
"schemas": {}
},
"ssoConfiguration": {
"deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds": 31536000
},
"state": "Active",
"themeId": "c6ad3fac-6f32-4db7-91a4-061ff035e871",
"userDeletePolicy": {
"unverified": {
"enabled": true,
"numberOfDaysToRetain": 30
}
},
"usernameConfiguration": {
"unique": {
"enabled": false,
"numberOfDigits": 5,
"separator": "#",
"strategy": "OnCollision"
}
},
"webAuthnConfiguration": {
"enabled": true,
"bootstrapWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "crossPlatform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"debug": false,
"reauthenticationWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "platform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"relyingPartyId": "piedpiper.com",
"relyingPartyName": "Pied Piper"
}
}
}
Retrieve a Tenant
This API is used to retrieve a single Tenant by unique Id or all of the configured Tenants.
Request
GET /api/tenant
GET /api/tenant/{tenantId}
Request Parameters
- tenantId [UUID] Required
-
The unique Id of the Tenant to retrieve.
Request Headers
- X-FusionAuth-TenantId [String] Optional
-
The unique Id of the tenant used to scope this API request.
The tenant Id is not required on this request even when more than one tenant has been configured because the tenant can be identified based upon the request parameters or it is otherwise not required.
Specify a tenant Id on this request when you want to ensure the request is scoped to a specific tenant. The tenant Id may be provided through this header or by using a tenant locked API key to achieve the same result.
See Making an API request using a Tenant Id for additional information.
Response
The response for this API contains either a single Tenant or all of the Tenants. When you call this API with an Id the response will contain a single Tenant. When you call this API without an Id the response will contain all of the Tenants. Both response types are defined below along with an example JSON response.
Code | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The request was successful. The response will contain a JSON body. |
400 |
The request was invalid and/or malformed. The response will contain an Errors JSON Object with the specific errors. This status will also be returned if a paid FusionAuth license is required and is not present. |
401 |
You did not supply a valid Authorization header. The header was omitted or your API key was not valid. The response will be empty. See Authentication. |
404 |
The object you requested doesn’t exist. The response will be empty. |
500 |
There was an internal error. A stack trace is provided and logged in the FusionAuth log files. The response will be empty. |
Response Body
- tenant.accessControlConfiguration.uiIPAccessControlListId [UUID] Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the IP Access Control List limiting access to this all applications in this tenant.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.captchaMethod [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The type of captcha method to use.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.30.0
-
Whether captcha configuration is enabled.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.secretKey [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The secret key for this captcha method.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.siteKey [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The site key for this captcha method.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.threshold [Float] Available since 1.30.0
-
The numeric threshold which separates a passing score from a failing one. This value only applies if using either the Google v3 or HCaptcha Enterprise method, otherwise this value is ignored.
- tenant.configured [Boolean]
-
Indicates the tenant has been configured. It is always
true
, except for default tenant when the setup wizard has not been completed, in which case it isfalse
. - tenant.connectorPolicies [Array] Available since 1.18.0
-
A list of Connector policies. Users will be authenticated against Connectors in order. Each Connector can be included in this list at most once and must exist.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.connectorId [UUID] Available since 1.18.0 -
The identifier of the Connector to which this policy refers.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.domains [String] Available since 1.18.0 -
An list of email domains to which this connector should apply.
A value of
["*"]
indicates this connector applies to all users. - tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.migrate [Boolean] # Available since 1.18.0 -
If true, the user’s data will be migrated to FusionAuth at first successful authentication; subsequent authentications will occur against the FusionAuth datastore. If false, the Connector’s source will be treated as authoritative.
- tenant.data [Object]
-
An object that can hold any information about the Tenant that should be persisted.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.additionalHeaders [Array<Object>] Optional Available since 1.32.0
-
The additional SMTP headers to be added to each outgoing email. Each SMTP header consists of a name and a value.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.37.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled to create an event log to assist in debugging SMTP errors.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromEmail [String] Optional defaults to
change-me@fusionauth.io
Available since 1.16.0 -
The default email address that emails will be sent from when a from address is not provided on an individual email template. This is the address part email address (i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromName [String] Optional Available since 1.16.0
-
The default From Name used in sending emails when a from name is not provided on an individual email template. This is the display name part of the email address ( i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their email address is updated.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to notify a user that their email address has been verified.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user is sent a forgot password email.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.host [String] Optional defaults to
localhost
Available since 1.8.0 -
The host name of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.implicitEmailVerificationAllowed Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.32.0 -
When set to true, this allows email to be verified as a result of completing a similar email based workflow such as change password. When set to false, the user must explicitly complete the email verification workflow even if the user has already completed a similar email workflow such as change password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to create an account with their login Id.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to update an existing account to use their login Id.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they log in on a new device.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a suspicious login occurs.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.password [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional password FusionAuth will use to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordlessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Passwordless Email Template, sent to users when they start a passwordless login.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they have completed a 'forgot password' workflow and their password has been reset.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their password has been updated.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.port [Integer] Optional defaults to
25
Available since 1.8.0 -
The port of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.properties [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
Additional Email Configuration in a properties file formatted String.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.security [String] Optional defaults to
NONE
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of security protocol FusionAuth will use when connecting to the SMTP server. The possible values are:
-
NONE
- no security will be used. All communications will be sent plaintext. -
SSL
- SSL will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This protocol is not recommended unless it is the only one your SMTP server supports. -
TLS
- TLS will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This is the preferred protocol for all SMTP servers.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.setPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user had their account created for them and they must set their password manually and they are sent an email to set their password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been added to their account.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been removed from their account.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.allowEmailChangeWhenGated [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When this value is set to
true
, the user is allowed to change their email address when they are gated because they haven’t verified their email address. - tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior [String] Optional defaults to
Allow
Available since 1.27.0 -
The desired behavior during login for a user that does not have a verified email. The possible values are:
-
Allow
- the user will be allowed to complete login. -
Gated
- verification is required before a user can complete login. The use of this value will require a paid edition of FusionAuth.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.username [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional username FusionAuth will to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users to verify that their email address is valid. If either the
verifyEmail
orverifyEmailWhenChanged
fields aretrue
, this field is required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationStrategy [String] Optional Available since 1.27.0
-
The process by which the user will verify their email address. The possible values are:
-
ClickableLink
- send the user a code with a clickable link. -
FormField
- send the user a short code intended to be manually entered into a form field. This is only available when tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior has theGated
value.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmail [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the registers with your application.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmailWhenChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the user changes them.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events [Object] Available since 1.8.0
-
A mapping of the configuration for each event type that FusionAuth sends. The event types that are the keys into this Object are:
-
audit-log.create
- When an audit log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
event-log.create
- When an event log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
jwt.public-key.update
- When a JWT RSA Public / Private keypair may have been changed -
jwt.refresh
- When an access token is refreshed using a refresh token Available since 1.16.0 -
jwt.refresh-token.revoke
- When a JWT Refresh Token is revoked -
kickstart.success
- When kickstart has successfully completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.action
- When a user action is triggered -
user.bulk.create
- When multiple users are created in bulk (i.e. during an import) -
user.create
- When a user is created -
user.create.complete
- When a user create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.deactivate
- When a user is deactivated -
user.delete
- When a user is deleted -
user.delete.complete
- When a user delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.update
- When a user updates their email address Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.verified
- When a user verifies their email address Available since 1.8.0 -
user.identity-provider.link
- When a link is created from a user to an Identity Provider Available since 1.36.0 -
user.identity-provider.unlink
- When an existing Identity Provider link is removed from a User Available since 1.36.0 -
user.loginId.duplicate.create
- When a request to create a user with a login Id (email or username) which is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.loginId.duplicate.update
- When a request to update a user and change their login Id (email or username) to one that is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.failed
- When a user fails a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.new-device
- When a user begins a login request with a new device Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.success
- When a user completes a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.suspicious
- When a user logs in and is considered to be a potential threat (requires an activated Enterprise license) Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.breach
- When Reactor detects a user is using a potentially breached password (requires an activated license) Available since 1.15.0Note: A paid plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.send
- When a forgot password email has been sent to a user Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.start
- When the process to reset a user password has started Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.success
- When a user has successfully reset their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.update
- When a user has updated their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.reactivate
- When a user is reactivated -
user.registration.create
- When a user registration is created Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.create.complete
- When a user registration create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.delete
- When a user registration is deleted Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.delete.complete
- When a user registration delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.update
- When a user registration is updated Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.update.complete
- When a user registration update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.verified
- When a user completes registration verification Available since 1.8.0 -
user.two-factor.method.add
- When a user has added a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.two-factor.method.remove
- When a user has removed a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.update
- When a user is updated -
user.update.complete
- When a user update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0
-
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether or not FusionAuth should send these types of events to any configured Webhooks.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.transactionType [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The transaction type that FusionAuth uses when sending these types of events to any configured Webhooks. The transaction types are:
-
None
- No Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
Any
- Only a single Webhook is required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SimpleMajority
- A simple majority (50% or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SuperMajority
- A super majority (2/3 or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
AbsoluteMajority
- Every Webhook must succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed.
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an OAuth authorization code is no longer valid to be exchanged for an access token. This is essentially the time allowed between the start of an Authorization request during the Authorization code grant and when you request an access token using this authorization code on the Token endpoint.
Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 600.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a change password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.11.0
-
The time in seconds until a device code Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.11.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.11.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the email verification Id.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an email verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Email API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.12.0
-
The time in seconds until an external authentication Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a One Time Password is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a passwordless code is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Passwordless API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.28.0
-
The number of seconds before the pending account link identifier is no longer valid to complete an account link request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a registration verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Registration API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.19.0
-
The time in seconds that a SAML AuthN request Id returned by the Start SAML v2 Login Request API will be eligible to be used to complete a SAML v2 Login request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a setup password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.33.0
-
The number of seconds before the Trust Token is no longer valid to complete a request that requires trust. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a two factor Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Two Factor Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the two factor one time code Id.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the two factor code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The number of seconds before the Two-Factor One Time Code used to enable or disable a two-factor method is no longer valid. Must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an issued Two Factor trust Id is no longer valid and the User will be required to complete Two Factor authentication during the next authentication attempt. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0
-
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn authentication challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn authentication ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.get
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0
-
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn registration challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn registration ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.create
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionCancelPolicy.onPasswordReset [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates whether you want the user to be able to self-service unlock their account prior to the action duration by completing a password reset workflow.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDuration [Long] Available since 1.8.0
-
The duration of the User Action. This value along with the
actionDurationUnit
will be used to set the duration of the User Action. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDurationUnit [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unit of time associated with a duration. The possible values are:
-
MINUTES
-
HOURS
-
DAYS
-
WEEKS
-
MONTHS
-
YEARS
-
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.emailUser [String] Optional Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates you would like to email the user when the user’s account is locked due to this action being taken. This requires the User Action specified by the tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId to also be configured for email. If the User Action is not configured to be able to email the user, this configuration will be ignored. See userEmailingEnabled on the User Action.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.resetCountInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in seconds before the failed authentication count will be reset. Value must be greater than 0.
For example, if
tooManyAttempts
is set to5
and you fail to authenticate4
times in a row, waiting for the duration specified here will cause your fifth attempt to start back at1
. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.tooManyAttempts [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of failed attempts considered to be too many. Once this threshold is reached the specified User Action will be applied to the user for the duration specified. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The Id of the User Action that is applied when the threshold is reached for too many failed authentication attempts.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.allowChildRegistrations [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to allow child registrations.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.confirmChildEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when confirming a child.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccounts [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that child users without parental verification will be permanently deleted after tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays days.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of days from creation child users will be retained before being deleted for not completing parental verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether family configuration is enabled.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.familyRequestEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when a family request is made.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.maximumChildAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The maximum age of a child. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.minimumOwnerAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The minimum age to be an owner. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentEmailRequired [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether a parent email is required.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use for parent registration.
- tenant.formConfiguration.adminUserFormId [UUID] Available since 1.20.0
-
The unique Id of the form to use for the Add and Edit User form when used in the FusionAuth admin UI.
- tenant.httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
Time in seconds until an inactive session will be invalidated. Used when creating a new session in the FusionAuth OAuth frontend.
- tenant.id [UUID]
-
The unique identifier for this Tenant.
- tenant.insertInstant [Long]
-
The instant that the Tenant was added to the FusionAuth database.
- tenant.issuer [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The named issuer used to sign tokens, this is generally your public fully qualified domain.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.accessTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the access token.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.idTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the Id token.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenExpirationPolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0
-
The refresh token expiration policy. The following are valid values:
-
Fixed
- the expiration is calculated from the time the token is issued. -
SlidingWindow
- the expiration is calculated from the last time the token was used.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onLoginPrevented [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user action, such as locking an account based on a number of failed login attempts, prevents user login.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onMultiFactorEnable [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user enables multi-factor authentication for the first time. This policy will not be applied when adding subsequent multi-factor methods to the user.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onPasswordChanged [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user changes their password.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in minutes a Refresh Token is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenUsagePolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0
-
The refresh token usage policy. The following are valid values:
-
Reusable
- the token does not change after it was issued. -
OneTimeUse
- the token value will be changed each time the token is used to refresh a JWT. The client must store the new value after each usage.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.timeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in seconds this JWT is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Enterprise User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Enterprise User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Group request to a FusionAuth Group.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM GroupResponse Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Group to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lastUpdateInstant [Long]
-
The instant that the Tenant was last updated in the FusionAuth database.
- tenant.loginConfiguration.requireAuthentication [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
Indicates whether to require an API key for the Login API when an
applicationId
is not provided. When anapplicationId
is provided to the Login API call, the application configuration will take precedence. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.days [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The password maximum age in days. The number of days after which FusionAuth will require a user to change their password. Required when tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that the maximum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.minimumPasswordAge.seconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The password minimum age in seconds. When enabled FusionAuth will not allow a password to be changed until it reaches this minimum age. Required when tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that the minimum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.algorithm [String] Available since 1.26.0
-
The algorithm used by the TOTP authenticator. This value is
HmacSHA1
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.codeLength [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The length of the code generated by the TOTP. This value is
6
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize an authenticator application to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This method uses TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Password) as defined in RFC 6238 and often uses an native mobile app such as Google Authenticator.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.timeStep [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The time-step size in seconds. This value is
30
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize an email address to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the email template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize a mobile phone number to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.messengerId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The messenger that is used to deliver a SMS two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the SMS template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.name [String]
-
The unique name of the Tenant.
- tenant.oauthConfiguration.clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of a lambda that will be called to populate the JWT during a client credentials grant.
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionScheme [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The default method for encrypting the User’s password. The following encryptors are provided with FusionAuth:
-
salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256-512
Available since 1.34.0
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionSchemeFactor [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The factor used by the password encryption scheme. If not provided, the
PasswordEncryptor
provides a default value. Generally this will be used as an iteration count to generate the hash. The actual use of this value is up to thePasswordEncryptor
implementation. - tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
When enabled a user’s hash configuration will be modified to match these configured settings. This can be useful to increase a password hash strength over time or upgrade imported users to a more secure encryption scheme after an initial import.
Beginning in version
1.42.0
when this configuration is enabled, in addition to re-hashing on login, the password will be re-hashed on password change as well. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0
-
Whether to enable Reactor breach detection. Requires an activated license.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.matchMode [String] Available since 1.15.0
-
The level of severity where Reactor will consider a breach. The following are valid values:
-
High
Only requires a password match, this is the most secure and is recommended -
Medium
Exact match on username, email address or email sub-address -
Low
Exact match on an email or username, or the password is a common breached value
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.notifyUserEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.15.0
-
The Id of the email template to use when notifying a user of a breached password.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin [String] Available since 1.15.0
-
The behavior when detecting breaches at time of user login. The following are valid values:
-
Off
Do not perform breach detection at login -
RecordOnly
Only record the result, take no action -
NotifyUser
Notify the end user via email -
RequireChange
Require immediate password change
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The maximum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The minimum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of previous passwords to remember. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to prevent a user from using any of their previous passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one uppercase and one lowercase character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one non-alphanumeric character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one number.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.validateOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0
-
When enabled the user’s password will be validated during login. If the password does not meet the currently configured validation rules the user will be required to change their password.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can fail to login within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration. If a Failed authentication action has been configured then it will take precedence.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can fail login before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a forgot password email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a forgot password email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a verification email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a passwordless login email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a passwordless login email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a registration verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a registration verification email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS before being rate limited.
- tenant.registrationConfiguration.blockedDomains [Array<String>] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
A list of unique domains that are not allowed to register when self service is enabled.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.clientEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Clients for this tenant.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.36.0
-
Whether or not this tenant has the SCIM endpoints enabled.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.schemas [Map] Available since 1.36.0
-
JSON formatted as a SCIM Schemas endpoint response. Because the SCIM lambdas may modify the JSON response, ensure the Schema’s response matches that generated by the response lambdas. More about Schema definitions.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.serverEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Servers for this tenant.
- tenant.ssoConfiguration.deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.2
-
The number of seconds before a trusted device is reset. When reset, a user is forced to complete captcha during login and complete two factor authentication if applicable.
- tenant.state [String] Available since 1.22.0
-
The current state of the tenant. The following are valid values:
-
Active
- The tenant is active. -
PendingDelete
- A delete request has been requested and is being processed.
-
- tenant.themeId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the theme to be used to style the login page and other end user templates.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.13.0
-
Indicates that users without a verified email address will be permanently deleted after tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain days.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain [Integer] Available since 1.13.0
-
The number of days from creation users will be retained before being deleted for not completing email verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.27.0
-
When
true
, FusionAuth will handle username collisions by generating a random suffix. Users with colliding usernames will be able to use the same one, but in the admin and API interfaces, a unique username will be displayed. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.numberOfDigits [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The maximum number of digits to use when building a unique suffix for a username. A number will be randomly selected and will be 1 or more digits up to this configured value in length. For example, if this value is
5
, the suffix will be a number between00001
and99999
, inclusive. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.separator [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
A single character to use as a separator from the requested username and a unique suffix that is added when a duplicate username is detected. This value can be a single non alphanumeric ASCII character.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.strategy [String] Available since 1.29.0
-
This strategy instructions FusionAuth when to append a unique suffix to the username. The possible values are:
-
Always
- Always append a unique suffix even when the requested username is not in use. -
OnCollision
- Only append a unique suffix when the requested username is in use.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether the WebAuthn bootstrap workflow is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether debug event log output is enabled for WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether WebAuthn configuration is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether the WebAuthn reauthentication workflow is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyId [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The Relying Party Id the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. Passkeys can only be used to authenticate on sites using the same Relying Party Id they were registered with.
The default value is
null
, which instructs the WebAuthn JavaScript API to use the browser origin. - tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyName [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The Relying Party name the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. This value is used only for display and may be shown by browser or OS dialogs during WebAuthn ceremonies.
If no value is configured, the tenant.issuer value will be used.
{
"tenant": {
"accessControlConfiguration": {
"uiIPAccessControlListId": "11d49de7-69f6-46fc-8270-0b3aa626327a"
},
"configured": true,
"captchaConfiguration": {
"captchaMethod": "GoogleRecaptchaV3",
"enabled": true,
"secretKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk70us00012r66r96tt7rp",
"siteKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk75tz00022r66ombcfadr",
"threshold": 0.5
},
"connectorPolicies": [
{
"connectorId": "e3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": false
},
{
"connectorId": "27f22280-7e55-4d1c-b9f8-239bf9cc1a5e",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": true
}
],
"data": {
"description": "No more secrets, Marty."
},
"emailConfiguration": {
"additionalHeaders": [
{
"name": "X-SES-CONFIGURATION-SET",
"value": "example_configuration_set_name"
}
],
"defaultFromEmail": "jared@piedpiper.com",
"defaultFromName": "Jared Dunn",
"emailUpdateEmailTemplateId": "ec3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId": "49aba1de-0225-45d7-a2b1-f9fe46b0242c",
"host": "smtp.sendgrid.net",
"implicitEmailVerificationAllowed": true,
"loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId": "2c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId": "3c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId": "4c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"password": "password",
"passwordlessEmailTemplateId": "a917e23a-da58-4cda-be01-90f542f8c343",
"passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId": "5c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId": "6c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"port": 587,
"properties": {
"key": "value"
},
"security": "TLS",
"setPasswordEmailTemplateId": "a9aba13e-0125-4fd7-a2b1-aaa146b02423",
"twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId": "7c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId": "8c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"unverified": {
"allowEmailChangeWhenGated": false,
"behavior": "Allow"
},
"username": "username",
"verificationEmailTemplateId": "8da42c09-461c-45f3-b931-6e9f63b87ab5",
"verificationStrategy": "FormField",
"verifyEmail": true,
"verifyEmailWhenChanged": true
},
"eventConfiguration": {
"events": {
"user.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.deactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.bulk.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.reactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh-token.revoke": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.public-key.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.success": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.failed": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.password.breach": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.email.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
}
}
},
"externalIdentifierConfiguration": {
"authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 30,
"changePasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 600,
"deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 1800,
"deviceUserCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"emailVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"passwordlessLoginGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds": 3600,
"registrationVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"setupPasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomDigits"
},
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 2592000,
"webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180
},
"failedAuthenticationConfiguration": {
"actionCancelPolicy": {
"onPasswordReset": false
},
"actionDuration": 3,
"actionDurationUnit": "MINUTES",
"emailUser": false,
"resetCountInSeconds": 60,
"tooManyAttempts": 5,
"userActionId": "16cfc707-268c-4c5b-8989-f71f3ee156d4"
},
"familyConfiguration": {
"allowChildRegistrations": true,
"confirmChildEmailTemplateId": "87654321-4321-8765-ba09-ba0987654321",
"deleteOrphanedAccounts": false,
"deleteOrphanedAccountsDays": 30,
"enabled": true,
"familyRequestEmailTemplateId": "57462514-a73b-cd76-0001-b8a65cd61230",
"maximumChildAge": 12,
"minimumOwnerAge": 21,
"parentEmailRequired": false,
"parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId": "12345678-1234-5678-90ab-1234567890ab"
},
"formConfiguration": {
"adminUserFormId": "e92751a5-25f4-4bca-ad91-66cdf67725d2"
},
"httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval": 3600,
"id": "32306536-3036-6431-3865-646430303332",
"insertInstant": 1572469040579,
"issuer": "https://example.com",
"jwtConfiguration": {
"accessTokenKeyId": "025233ca-d4f3-2aa4-eca9-7e4200e9b472",
"enabled": true,
"idTokenKeyId": "092dbedc-30af-4149-9c61-b578f2c72f59",
"refreshTokenExpirationPolicy": "Fixed",
"refreshTokenRevocationPolicy": {
"onLoginPrevented": true,
"onMultiFactorEnable": true,
"onPasswordChanged": true
},
"refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes": 43200,
"refreshTokenUsagePolicy": "Reusable",
"timeToLiveInSeconds": 3600
},
"lambdaConfiguration": {
"scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId": "c2e70f8d-19bb-4df7-848a-33a9a1e26b84",
"scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId": "44fc9553-8a2e-408f-8aa2-fa65b70b55e2",
"scimGroupRequestConverterId": "66d65de0-1819-42f8-86ed-7daaa4e155dc",
"scimGroupResponseConverterId": "79812ede-432f-4375-9b43-23c0fe996fef",
"scimUserRequestConverterId": "8a51d7a1-5e3e-442a-b96a-0c31379bb3d4",
"scimUserResponseConverterId": "c8720843-dc4f-4e6c-b6ca-500e9c44695f"
},
"lastUpdateInstant": 1595361143101,
"loginConfiguration": {
"requireAuthentication": true
},
"logoutURL": "http://example.com/logout",
"maximumPasswordAge": {
"days": 180,
"enabled": false
},
"minimumPasswordAge": {
"enabled": false,
"seconds": 30
},
"multiFactorConfiguration": {
"authenticator": {
"algorithm": "HmacSHA1",
"codeLength": 6,
"enabled": true,
"timeStep": 30
},
"email": {
"enabled": true,
"templateId": "d312fb71-d7d8-4b75-a497-6096a07220b3"
},
"loginPolicy": "Enabled",
"sms": {
"enabled": true,
"messengerId": "0a4bae38-ffef-4c33-b74c-1d50c796f600",
"templateId": "f35e04e6-72ec-4f52-b552-29cf950a4ed6"
}
},
"name": "Playtronics Co.",
"oauthConfiguration": {
"clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId": "46e120c1-4c22-473f-95b4-e2c187cd20c2"
},
"passwordEncryptionConfiguration": {
"encryptionScheme": "salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256",
"encryptionSchemeFactor": 24000,
"modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin": false
},
"passwordValidationRules": {
"breachDetection": {
"enabled": true,
"notifyUserEmailTemplateId": "e6c74b53-d43d-471e-ae7e-906456d0f341",
"matchMode": "High",
"onLogin": "Off"
},
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true,
"validateOnLogin": false
},
"rateLimitConfiguration": {
"failedLogin": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"forgotPassword": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendEmailVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendRegistrationVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendPasswordless": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendTwoFactor": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
}
},
"registrationConfiguration": {},
"scimServerConfiguration": {
"clientEntityTypeId": "d9ed49f7-1106-4b20-acdb-5cbda76ae77e",
"enabled": true,
"serverEntityTypeId": "919e0ac5-1cf0-4fcf-a8fc-29d77a0d1d8f",
"schemas": {}
},
"ssoConfiguration": {
"deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds": 31536000
},
"state": "Active",
"themeId": "c6ad3fac-6f32-4db7-91a4-061ff035e871",
"userDeletePolicy": {
"unverified": {
"enabled": true,
"numberOfDaysToRetain": 30
}
},
"usernameConfiguration": {
"unique": {
"enabled": false,
"numberOfDigits": 5,
"separator": "#",
"strategy": "OnCollision"
}
},
"webAuthnConfiguration": {
"enabled": true,
"bootstrapWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "crossPlatform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"debug": false,
"reauthenticationWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "platform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"relyingPartyId": "piedpiper.com",
"relyingPartyName": "Pied Piper"
}
}
}
Response Body
- tenants [Array]
-
The list of Tenant objects.
- tenants
[x]
.accessControlConfiguration.uiIPAccessControlListId [UUID] Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the IP Access Control List limiting access to this all applications in this tenant.
- tenants
[x]
.captchaConfiguration.captchaMethod [String] Available since 1.30.0 -
The type of captcha method to use.
- tenants
[x]
.captchaConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether captcha configuration is enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.captchaConfiguration.secretKey [String] Available since 1.30.0 -
The secret key for this captcha method.
- tenants
[x]
.captchaConfiguration.siteKey [String] Available since 1.30.0 -
The site key for this captcha method.
- tenants
[x]
.captchaConfiguration.threshold [Float] Available since 1.30.0 -
The numeric threshold which separates a passing score from a failing one. This value only applies if using either the Google v3 or HCaptcha Enterprise method, otherwise this value is ignored.
- tenants
[x]
.configured [Boolean] -
Indicates the tenant has been configured. It is always
true
, except for default tenant when the setup wizard has not been completed, in which case it isfalse
. - tenants
[x]
.connectorPolicies [Array] Available since 1.18.0 -
A list of Connector policies. Users will be authenticated against Connectors in order. Each Connector can be included in this list at most once and must exist.
- tenants
[x]
.connectorPolicies[x]
.connectorId [UUID] Available since 1.18.0 -
The identifier of the Connector to which this policy refers.
- tenants
[x]
.connectorPolicies[x]
.domains [String] Available since 1.18.0 -
An list of email domains to which this connector should apply.
A value of
["*"]
indicates this connector applies to all users. - tenants
[x]
.connectorPolicies[x]
.migrate [Boolean] # Available since 1.18.0 -
If true, the user’s data will be migrated to FusionAuth at first successful authentication; subsequent authentications will occur against the FusionAuth datastore. If false, the Connector’s source will be treated as authoritative.
- tenants
[x]
.data [Object] -
An object that can hold any information about the Tenant that should be persisted.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.additionalHeaders [Array<Object>] Optional Available since 1.32.0 -
The additional SMTP headers to be added to each outgoing email. Each SMTP header consists of a name and a value.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
Available since 1.37.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled to create an event log to assist in debugging SMTP errors.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.defaultFromEmail [String] Optional defaults tochange-me@fusionauth.io
Available since 1.16.0 -
The default email address that emails will be sent from when a from address is not provided on an individual email template. This is the address part email address (i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.defaultFromName [String] Optional Available since 1.16.0 -
The default From Name used in sending emails when a from name is not provided on an individual email template. This is the display name part of the email address ( i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.emailUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their email address is updated.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to notify a user that their email address has been verified.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0 -
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user is sent a forgot password email.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.host [String] Optional defaults tolocalhost
Available since 1.8.0 -
The host name of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.implicitEmailVerificationAllowed Optional defaults totrue
Available since 1.32.0 -
When set to true, this allows email to be verified as a result of completing a similar email based workflow such as change password. When set to false, the user must explicitly complete the email verification workflow even if the user has already completed a similar email workflow such as change password.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to create an account with their login Id.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to update an existing account to use their login Id.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they log in on a new device.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a suspicious login occurs.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.password [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0 -
An optional password FusionAuth will use to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.passwordlessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0 -
The Id of the Passwordless Email Template, sent to users when they start a passwordless login.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they have completed a 'forgot password' workflow and their password has been reset.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their password has been updated.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.port [Integer] Optional defaults to25
Available since 1.8.0 -
The port of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.properties [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0 -
Additional Email Configuration in a properties file formatted String.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.security [String] Optional defaults toNONE
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of security protocol FusionAuth will use when connecting to the SMTP server. The possible values are:
-
NONE
- no security will be used. All communications will be sent plaintext. -
SSL
- SSL will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This protocol is not recommended unless it is the only one your SMTP server supports. -
TLS
- TLS will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This is the preferred protocol for all SMTP servers.
-
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.setPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0 -
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user had their account created for them and they must set their password manually and they are sent an email to set their password.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been added to their account.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been removed from their account.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.unverified.allowEmailChangeWhenGated [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
Available since 1.27.0 -
When this value is set to
true
, the user is allowed to change their email address when they are gated because they haven’t verified their email address. - tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior [String] Optional defaults toAllow
Available since 1.27.0 -
The desired behavior during login for a user that does not have a verified email. The possible values are:
-
Allow
- the user will be allowed to complete login. -
Gated
- verification is required before a user can complete login. The use of this value will require a paid edition of FusionAuth.
-
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.username [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0 -
An optional username FusionAuth will to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.verificationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional -
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users to verify that their email address is valid. If either the
verifyEmail
orverifyEmailWhenChanged
fields aretrue
, this field is required. - tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.verificationStrategy [String] Optional Available since 1.27.0 -
The process by which the user will verify their email address. The possible values are:
-
ClickableLink
- send the user a code with a clickable link. -
FormField
- send the user a short code intended to be manually entered into a form field. This is only available when tenants[x]
.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior has theGated
value.
-
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.verifyEmail [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the registers with your application.
- tenants
[x]
.emailConfiguration.verifyEmailWhenChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the user changes them.
- tenants
[x]
.eventConfiguration.events [Object] Available since 1.8.0 -
A mapping of the configuration for each event type that FusionAuth sends. The event types that are the keys into this Object are:
-
audit-log.create
- When an audit log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
event-log.create
- When an event log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
jwt.public-key.update
- When a JWT RSA Public / Private keypair may have been changed -
jwt.refresh
- When an access token is refreshed using a refresh token Available since 1.16.0 -
jwt.refresh-token.revoke
- When a JWT Refresh Token is revoked -
kickstart.success
- When kickstart has successfully completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.action
- When a user action is triggered -
user.bulk.create
- When multiple users are created in bulk (i.e. during an import) -
user.create
- When a user is created -
user.create.complete
- When a user create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.deactivate
- When a user is deactivated -
user.delete
- When a user is deleted -
user.delete.complete
- When a user delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.update
- When a user updates their email address Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.verified
- When a user verifies their email address Available since 1.8.0 -
user.identity-provider.link
- When a link is created from a user to an Identity Provider Available since 1.36.0 -
user.identity-provider.unlink
- When an existing Identity Provider link is removed from a User Available since 1.36.0 -
user.loginId.duplicate.create
- When a request to create a user with a login Id (email or username) which is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.loginId.duplicate.update
- When a request to update a user and change their login Id (email or username) to one that is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.failed
- When a user fails a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.new-device
- When a user begins a login request with a new device Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.success
- When a user completes a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.suspicious
- When a user logs in and is considered to be a potential threat (requires an activated Enterprise license) Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.breach
- When Reactor detects a user is using a potentially breached password (requires an activated license) Available since 1.15.0Note: A paid plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.send
- When a forgot password email has been sent to a user Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.start
- When the process to reset a user password has started Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.success
- When a user has successfully reset their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.update
- When a user has updated their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.reactivate
- When a user is reactivated -
user.registration.create
- When a user registration is created Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.create.complete
- When a user registration create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.delete
- When a user registration is deleted Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.delete.complete
- When a user registration delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.update
- When a user registration is updated Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.update.complete
- When a user registration update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.verified
- When a user completes registration verification Available since 1.8.0 -
user.two-factor.method.add
- When a user has added a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.two-factor.method.remove
- When a user has removed a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.update
- When a user is updated -
user.update.complete
- When a user update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0
-
- tenants
[x]
.eventConfiguration.events[type]
.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether or not FusionAuth should send these types of events to any configured Webhooks.
- tenants
[x]
.eventConfiguration.events[type]
.transactionType [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The transaction type that FusionAuth uses when sending these types of events to any configured Webhooks. The transaction types are:
-
None
- No Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
Any
- Only a single Webhook is required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SimpleMajority
- A simple majority (50% or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SuperMajority
- A super majority (2/3 or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
AbsoluteMajority
- Every Webhook must succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed.
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until an OAuth authorization code is no longer valid to be exchanged for an access token. This is essentially the time allowed between the start of an Authorization request during the Authorization code grant and when you request an access token using this authorization code on the Token endpoint.
Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 600.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a change password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.11.0 -
The time in seconds until a device code Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.11.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.11.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the email verification Id.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until an email verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Email API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.12.0 -
The time in seconds until an external authentication Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a One Time Password is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a passwordless code is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Passwordless API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.28.0 -
The number of seconds before the pending account link identifier is no longer valid to complete an account link request.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a registration verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Registration API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.19.0 -
The time in seconds that a SAML AuthN request Id returned by the Start SAML v2 Login Request API will be eligible to be used to complete a SAML v2 Login request.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a setup password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.33.0 -
The number of seconds before the Trust Token is no longer valid to complete a request that requires trust. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a two factor Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Two Factor Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the two factor one time code Id.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the two factor code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.26.0 -
The number of seconds before the Two-Factor One Time Code used to enable or disable a two-factor method is no longer valid. Must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until an issued Two Factor trust Id is no longer valid and the User will be required to complete Two Factor authentication during the next authentication attempt. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0 -
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn authentication challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn authentication ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.get
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenants
[x]
.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0 -
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn registration challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn registration ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.create
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionCancelPolicy.onPasswordReset [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates whether you want the user to be able to self-service unlock their account prior to the action duration by completing a password reset workflow.
- tenants
[x]
.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDuration [Long] Available since 1.8.0 -
The duration of the User Action. This value along with the
actionDurationUnit
will be used to set the duration of the User Action. Value must be greater than 0. - tenants
[x]
.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDurationUnit [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unit of time associated with a duration. The possible values are:
-
MINUTES
-
HOURS
-
DAYS
-
WEEKS
-
MONTHS
-
YEARS
-
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.emailUser [String] Optional Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates you would like to email the user when the user’s account is locked due to this action being taken. This requires the User Action specified by the tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId to also be configured for email. If the User Action is not configured to be able to email the user, this configuration will be ignored. See userEmailingEnabled on the User Action.
- tenants
[x]
.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.resetCountInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in seconds before the failed authentication count will be reset. Value must be greater than 0.
For example, if
tooManyAttempts
is set to5
and you fail to authenticate4
times in a row, waiting for the duration specified here will cause your fifth attempt to start back at1
. - tenants
[x]
.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.tooManyAttempts [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of failed attempts considered to be too many. Once this threshold is reached the specified User Action will be applied to the user for the duration specified. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The Id of the User Action that is applied when the threshold is reached for too many failed authentication attempts.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.allowChildRegistrations [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to allow child registrations.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.confirmChildEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique Id of the email template to use when confirming a child.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccounts [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that child users without parental verification will be permanently deleted after tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays days. - tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of days from creation child users will be retained before being deleted for not completing parental verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether family configuration is enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.familyRequestEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique Id of the email template to use when a family request is made.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.maximumChildAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The maximum age of a child. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.minimumOwnerAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The minimum age to be an owner. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.parentEmailRequired [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether a parent email is required.
- tenants
[x]
.familyConfiguration.parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique Id of the email template to use for parent registration.
- tenants
[x]
.formConfiguration.adminUserFormId [UUID] Available since 1.20.0 -
The unique Id of the form to use for the Add and Edit User form when used in the FusionAuth admin UI.
- tenants
[x]
.httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
Time in seconds until an inactive session will be invalidated. Used when creating a new session in the FusionAuth OAuth frontend.
- tenants
[x]
.id [UUID] -
The unique identifier for this Tenant.
- tenants
[x]
.insertInstant [Long] -
The instant that the Tenant was added to the FusionAuth database.
- tenants
[x]
.issuer [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The named issuer used to sign tokens, this is generally your public fully qualified domain.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.accessTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the access token.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.idTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the Id token.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenExpirationPolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0 -
The refresh token expiration policy. The following are valid values:
-
Fixed
- the expiration is calculated from the time the token is issued. -
SlidingWindow
- the expiration is calculated from the last time the token was used.
-
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onLoginPrevented [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user action, such as locking an account based on a number of failed login attempts, prevents user login.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onMultiFactorEnable [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user enables multi-factor authentication for the first time. This policy will not be applied when adding subsequent multi-factor methods to the user.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onPasswordChanged [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user changes their password.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in minutes a Refresh Token is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenUsagePolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0 -
The refresh token usage policy. The following are valid values:
-
Reusable
- the token does not change after it was issued. -
OneTimeUse
- the token value will be changed each time the token is used to refresh a JWT. The client must store the new value after each usage.
-
- tenants
[x]
.jwtConfiguration.timeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in seconds this JWT is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Enterprise User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenants
[x]
.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Enterprise User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenants
[x]
.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Id of a SCIM Group Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Group request to a FusionAuth Group.
- tenants
[x]
.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Id of a SCIM GroupResponse Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Group to a SCIM Server response.
- tenants
[x]
.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenants
[x]
.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenants
[x]
.lastUpdateInstant [Long] -
The instant that the Tenant was last updated in the FusionAuth database.
- tenants
[x]
.loginConfiguration.requireAuthentication [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0 -
Indicates whether to require an API key for the Login API when an
applicationId
is not provided. When anapplicationId
is provided to the Login API call, the application configuration will take precedence. - tenants
[x]
.logoutURL [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenants
[x]
.maximumPasswordAge.days [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The password maximum age in days. The number of days after which FusionAuth will require a user to change their password. Required when tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenants
[x]
.maximumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that the maximum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenants
[x]
.minimumPasswordAge.seconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The password minimum age in seconds. When enabled FusionAuth will not allow a password to be changed until it reaches this minimum age. Required when tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenants
[x]
.minimumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that the minimum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.algorithm [String] Available since 1.26.0 -
The algorithm used by the TOTP authenticator. This value is
HmacSHA1
and read only. - tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.codeLength [Integer] Available since 1.26.0 -
The length of the code generated by the TOTP. This value is
6
and read only. - tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize an authenticator application to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This method uses TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Password) as defined in RFC 6238 and often uses an native mobile app such as Google Authenticator.
- tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.timeStep [Integer] Available since 1.26.0 -
The time-step size in seconds. This value is
30
and read only. - tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize an email address to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.email.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0 -
The Id of the email template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize a mobile phone number to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.messengerId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0 -
The messenger that is used to deliver a SMS two-factor authentication request.
- tenants
[x]
.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0 -
The Id of the SMS template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenants
[x]
.name [String] -
The unique name of the Tenant.
- tenants
[x]
.oauthConfiguration.clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0 -
The Id of a lambda that will be called to populate the JWT during a client credentials grant.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionScheme [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The default method for encrypting the User’s password. The following encryptors are provided with FusionAuth:
-
salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256-512
Available since 1.34.0
- tenants
[x]
.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionSchemeFactor [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The factor used by the password encryption scheme. If not provided, the
PasswordEncryptor
provides a default value. Generally this will be used as an iteration count to generate the hash. The actual use of this value is up to thePasswordEncryptor
implementation. - tenants
[x]
.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
When enabled a user’s hash configuration will be modified to match these configured settings. This can be useful to increase a password hash strength over time or upgrade imported users to a more secure encryption scheme after an initial import.
Beginning in version
1.42.0
when this configuration is enabled, in addition to re-hashing on login, the password will be re-hashed on password change as well. - tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0 -
Whether to enable Reactor breach detection. Requires an activated license.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.matchMode [String] Available since 1.15.0 -
The level of severity where Reactor will consider a breach. The following are valid values:
-
High
Only requires a password match, this is the most secure and is recommended -
Medium
Exact match on username, email address or email sub-address -
Low
Exact match on an email or username, or the password is a common breached value
-
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.notifyUserEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.15.0 -
The Id of the email template to use when notifying a user of a breached password.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin [String] Available since 1.15.0 -
The behavior when detecting breaches at time of user login. The following are valid values:
-
Off
Do not perform breach detection at login -
RecordOnly
Only record the result, take no action -
NotifyUser
Notify the end user via email -
RequireChange
Require immediate password change
-
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The maximum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The minimum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer] Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of previous passwords to remember. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to prevent a user from using any of their previous passwords.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one uppercase and one lowercase character.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one non-alphanumeric character.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one number.
- tenants
[x]
.passwordValidationRules.validateOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0 -
When enabled the user’s password will be validated during login. If the password does not meet the currently configured validation rules the user will be required to change their password.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can fail to login within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration. If a Failed authentication action has been configured then it will take precedence.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can fail login before being rate limited.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a forgot password email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a forgot password email before being rate limited.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a verification email before being rate limited.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a passwordless login email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a passwordless login email before being rate limited.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a registration verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a registration verification email before being rate limited.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenants
[x]
.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS before being rate limited.
- tenants
[x]
.registrationConfiguration.blockedDomains [Array<String>] Optional Available since 1.30.0 -
A list of unique domains that are not allowed to register when self service is enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.scimServerConfiguration.clientEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Clients for this tenant.
- tenants
[x]
.scimServerConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.36.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has the SCIM endpoints enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.scimServerConfiguration.schemas [Map] Available since 1.36.0 -
JSON formatted as a SCIM Schemas endpoint response. Because the SCIM lambdas may modify the JSON response, ensure the Schema’s response matches that generated by the response lambdas. More about Schema definitions.
- tenants
[x]
.scimServerConfiguration.serverEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0 -
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Servers for this tenant.
- tenants
[x]
.ssoConfiguration.deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.2 -
The number of seconds before a trusted device is reset. When reset, a user is forced to complete captcha during login and complete two factor authentication if applicable.
- tenants
[x]
.state [String] Available since 1.22.0 -
The current state of the tenant. The following are valid values:
-
Active
- The tenant is active. -
PendingDelete
- A delete request has been requested and is being processed.
-
- tenants
[x]
.themeId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique Id of the theme to be used to style the login page and other end user templates.
- tenants
[x]
.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.13.0 -
Indicates that users without a verified email address will be permanently deleted after tenants
[x]
.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain days. - tenants
[x]
.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain [Integer] Available since 1.13.0 -
The number of days from creation users will be retained before being deleted for not completing email verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenants
[x]
.usernameConfiguration.unique.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.27.0 -
When
true
, FusionAuth will handle username collisions by generating a random suffix. Users with colliding usernames will be able to use the same one, but in the admin and API interfaces, a unique username will be displayed. - tenants
[x]
.usernameConfiguration.unique.numberOfDigits [Integer] Available since 1.27.0 -
The maximum number of digits to use when building a unique suffix for a username. A number will be randomly selected and will be 1 or more digits up to this configured value in length. For example, if this value is
5
, the suffix will be a number between00001
and99999
, inclusive. - tenants
[x]
.usernameConfiguration.unique.separator [String] Available since 1.27.0 -
A single character to use as a separator from the requested username and a unique suffix that is added when a duplicate username is detected. This value can be a single non alphanumeric ASCII character.
- tenants
[x]
.usernameConfiguration.unique.strategy [String] Available since 1.29.0 -
This strategy instructions FusionAuth when to append a unique suffix to the username. The possible values are:
-
Always
- Always append a unique suffix even when the requested username is not in use. -
OnCollision
- Only append a unique suffix when the requested username is in use.
-
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0 -
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether the WebAuthn bootstrap workflow is enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0 -
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether debug event log output is enabled for WebAuthn.
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether WebAuthn configuration is enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0 -
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether the WebAuthn reauthentication workflow is enabled.
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0 -
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyId [String] Available since 1.41.0 -
The Relying Party Id the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. Passkeys can only be used to authenticate on sites using the same Relying Party Id they were registered with.
The default value is
null
, which instructs the WebAuthn JavaScript API to use the browser origin. - tenants
[x]
.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyName [String] Available since 1.41.0 -
The Relying Party name the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. This value is used only for display and may be shown by browser or OS dialogs during WebAuthn ceremonies.
If no value is configured, the tenant.issuer value will be used.
{
"tenants": [
{
"accessControlConfiguration": {
"uiIPAccessControlListId": "11d49de7-69f6-46fc-8270-0b3aa626327a"
},
"configured": true,
"captchaConfiguration": {
"captchaMethod": "GoogleRecaptchaV3",
"enabled": false,
"threshold": 0.5
},
"connectorPolicies": [
{
"connectorId": "e3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": false
},
{
"connectorId": "27f22280-7e55-4d1c-b9f8-239bf9cc1a5e",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": true
}
],
"data": {
"description": "No more secrets, Marty."
},
"emailConfiguration": {
"additionalHeaders": [
{
"name": "X-SES-CONFIGURATION-SET",
"value": "example_configuration_set_name"
}
],
"defaultFromEmail": "jared@piedpiper.com",
"defaultFromName": "Jared Dunn",
"emailUpdateEmailTemplateId": "ec3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId": "49aba1de-0225-45d7-a2b1-f9fe46b0242c",
"host": "smtp.sendgrid.net",
"implicitEmailVerificationAllowed": true,
"loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId": "2c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId": "3c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId": "4c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"password": "password",
"passwordlessEmailTemplateId": "a917e23a-da58-4cda-be01-90f542f8c343",
"passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId": "5c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId": "6c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"port": 587,
"properties": {
"key": "value"
},
"security": "TLS",
"setPasswordEmailTemplateId": "a9aba13e-0125-4fd7-a2b1-aaa146b02423",
"twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId": "7c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId": "8c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"unverified": {
"allowEmailChangeWhenGated": false,
"behavior": "Allow"
},
"username": "username",
"verificationEmailTemplateId": "8da42c09-461c-45f3-b931-6e9f63b87ab5",
"verificationStrategy": "FormField",
"verifyEmail": true,
"verifyEmailWhenChanged": true
},
"eventConfiguration": {
"events": {
"user.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.deactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.bulk.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.reactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh-token.revoke": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.public-key.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.success": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.failed": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.password.breach": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.email.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
}
}
},
"externalIdentifierConfiguration": {
"authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 30,
"changePasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 600,
"deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 1800,
"deviceUserCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"emailVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"passwordlessLoginGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds": 3600,
"registrationVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"setupPasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomDigits"
},
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 2592000,
"webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180
},
"failedAuthenticationConfiguration": {
"actionCancelPolicy": {
"onPasswordReset": false
},
"actionDuration": 3,
"actionDurationUnit": "MINUTES",
"emailUser": false,
"resetCountInSeconds": 60,
"tooManyAttempts": 5,
"userActionId": "16cfc707-268c-4c5b-8989-f71f3ee156d4"
},
"familyConfiguration": {
"allowChildRegistrations": true,
"confirmChildEmailTemplateId": "87654321-4321-8765-ba09-ba0987654321",
"deleteOrphanedAccounts": false,
"deleteOrphanedAccountsDays": 30,
"enabled": true,
"familyRequestEmailTemplateId": "57462514-a73b-cd76-0001-b8a65cd61230",
"maximumChildAge": 12,
"minimumOwnerAge": 21,
"parentEmailRequired": false,
"parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId": "12345678-1234-5678-90ab-1234567890ab"
},
"formConfiguration": {
"adminUserFormId": "e92751a5-25f4-4bca-ad91-66cdf67725d2"
},
"httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval": 3600,
"id": "32306536-3036-6431-3865-646430303332",
"insertInstant": 1572469040579,
"issuer": "https://example.com",
"jwtConfiguration": {
"accessTokenKeyId": "025233ca-d4f3-2aa4-eca9-7e4200e9b472",
"enabled": true,
"idTokenKeyId": "092dbedc-30af-4149-9c61-b578f2c72f59",
"refreshTokenExpirationPolicy": "Fixed",
"refreshTokenRevocationPolicy": {
"onLoginPrevented": true,
"onMultiFactorEnable": true,
"onPasswordChanged": true
},
"refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes": 43200,
"refreshTokenUsagePolicy": "Reusable",
"timeToLiveInSeconds": 3600
},
"lambdaConfiguration": {
"scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId": "c2e70f8d-19bb-4df7-848a-33a9a1e26b84",
"scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId": "44fc9553-8a2e-408f-8aa2-fa65b70b55e2",
"scimGroupRequestConverterId": "66d65de0-1819-42f8-86ed-7daaa4e155dc",
"scimGroupResponseConverterId": "79812ede-432f-4375-9b43-23c0fe996fef",
"scimUserRequestConverterId": "8a51d7a1-5e3e-442a-b96a-0c31379bb3d4",
"scimUserResponseConverterId": "c8720843-dc4f-4e6c-b6ca-500e9c44695f"
},
"lastUpdateInstant": 1595361143101,
"loginConfiguration": {
"requireAuthentication": true
},
"logoutURL": "http://example.com/logout",
"maximumPasswordAge": {
"days": 180,
"enabled": false
},
"minimumPasswordAge": {
"enabled": false,
"seconds": 30
},
"multiFactorConfiguration": {
"authenticator": {
"algorithm": "HmacSHA1",
"codeLength": 6,
"enabled": true,
"timeStep": 30
},
"email": {
"enabled": true,
"templateId": "d312fb71-d7d8-4b75-a497-6096a07220b3"
},
"loginPolicy": "Enabled",
"sms": {
"enabled": true,
"messengerId": "0a4bae38-ffef-4c33-b74c-1d50c796f600",
"templateId": "f35e04e6-72ec-4f52-b552-29cf950a4ed6"
}
},
"name": "Playtronics Co.",
"oauthConfiguration": {
"clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId": "46e120c1-4c22-473f-95b4-e2c187cd20c2"
},
"passwordEncryptionConfiguration": {
"encryptionScheme": "salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256",
"encryptionSchemeFactor": 24000,
"modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin": false
},
"passwordValidationRules": {
"breachDetection": {
"enabled": true,
"notifyUserEmailTemplateId": "e6c74b53-d43d-471e-ae7e-906456d0f341",
"matchMode": "High",
"onLogin": "Off"
},
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true,
"validateOnLogin": false
},
"scimServerConfiguration": {
"clientEntityTypeId": "d9ed49f7-1106-4b20-acdb-5cbda76ae77e",
"enabled": true,
"serverEntityTypeId": "919e0ac5-1cf0-4fcf-a8fc-29d77a0d1d8f",
"schemas": {}
},
"ssoConfiguration": {
"deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds": 31536000
},
"state": "Active",
"themeId": "c6ad3fac-6f32-4db7-91a4-061ff035e871",
"userDeletePolicy": {
"unverified": {
"enabled": true,
"numberOfDaysToRetain": 30
}
},
"usernameConfiguration": {
"unique": {
"enabled": false,
"numberOfDigits": 5,
"separator": "#",
"strategy": "OnCollision"
}
},
"webAuthnConfiguration": {
"enabled": true,
"bootstrapWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "crossPlatform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"debug": false,
"reauthenticationWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "platform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"relyingPartyId": "piedpiper.com",
"relyingPartyName": "Pied Piper"
}
}
]
}
Update a Tenant
This API is used to update an existing Tenant.
You must specify the Id of the Tenant you are updating on the URI.
You must specify all of the properties of the Tenant when calling this API with the PUT
HTTP method. When used with PUT
, this API doesn’t merge the existing Tenant and your new data. It replaces the existing Tenant with your new data.
Utilize the PATCH
HTTP method to send specific changes to merge into an existing Tenant.
Request
Update the Tenant with the given Id
PUT /api/tenant/{tenantId}
PATCH /api/tenant/{tenantId}
Available since 1.39.0
When using the PATCH method, you can either use the same request body documentation that is provided for the PUT request for backward compatibility. Or you may use either JSON Patch/RFC 6902 or JSON Merge Patch/RFC 7396. See the
PATCH
documentation for more information.Available since 1.12.0
When using the PATCH method, use the same request body documentation that is provided for the PUT request. The PATCH method will merge the provided request parameters into the existing object, this means all parameters are optional when using the PATCH method and you only provide the values you want changed. A
null
value can be used to remove a value. Patching anArray
will result in all values from the new list being appended to the existing list, this is a known limitation to the current implementation of PATCH.
Request Parameters
- tenantId [UUID] Required
-
The Id of the Tenant to update.
Request Headers
- X-FusionAuth-TenantId [String] Optional
-
The unique Id of the tenant used to scope this API request.
The tenant Id is not required on this request even when more than one tenant has been configured because the tenant can be identified based upon the request parameters or it is otherwise not required.
Specify a tenant Id on this request when you want to ensure the request is scoped to a specific tenant. The tenant Id may be provided through this header or by using a tenant locked API key to achieve the same result.
See Making an API request using a Tenant Id for additional information.
Request Body
- sourceTenantId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.14.0
-
The optional Id of an existing Tenant to make a copy of. A unique tenant.name is required. All other values will be copied from the source Tenant to the new Tenant.
- tenant.accessControlConfiguration.uiIPAccessControlListId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the IP Access Control List limiting access to all applications in this tenant.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize IP ACLs.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.captchaMethod [String] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The type of captcha method to use. This field is required when tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled is set to
true
. The possible values are:-
GoogleRecaptchaV2
- use Google Recaptcha v2 -
GoogleRecaptchaV3
- use Google Recaptcha v3 -
HCaptcha
- use HCaptcha -
HCaptchaEnterprise
- use HCaptcha Enterprise - v25
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
-
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether captcha configuration is enabled.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.secretKey [String] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The secret key for this captcha method. This field is required when tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled is set to
true
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.siteKey [String] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The site key for this captcha method. This field is required when tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled is set to
true
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.threshold [Float] Optional defaults to
0.5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The numeric threshold which separates a passing score from a failing one. This value only applies if using either the Google v3 or HCaptcha Enterprise method, otherwise this value is ignored.
The value must be between
0.0
and1.0
. Values outside of that range will result in an error.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize CAPTCHA.
- tenant.connectorPolicies [Array] Optional Available since 1.18.0
-
A list of Connector policies. Users will be authenticated against Connectors in order. Each Connector can be included in this list at most once and must exist.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.connectorId [UUID] Optional defaults to the FusionAuth connector Id ofe3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72
Available since 1.18.0 -
The identifier of the Connector to which this policy refers.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.domains [Array<String>] Optional defaults to["*"]
Available since 1.18.0 -
An list of email domains to which this connector should apply.
A value of
["*"]
indicates this connector applies to all users. - tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.migrate [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
Available since 1.18.0 -
If true, the user’s data will be migrated to FusionAuth at first successful authentication; subsequent authentications will occur against the FusionAuth datastore. If false, the Connector’s source will be treated as authoritative.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.data [Object] Optional
-
An object that can hold any information about the Tenant that should be persisted.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.additionalHeaders [Array<Object>] Optional Available since 1.32.0
-
The additional SMTP headers to be added to each outgoing email. Each SMTP header consists of a name and a value.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.37.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled to create an event log to assist in debugging SMTP errors.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromEmail [String] Optional defaults to
change-me@fusionauth.io
Available since 1.16.0 -
The default email address that emails will be sent from when a from address is not provided on an individual email template. This is the address part email address (i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromName [String] Optional Available since 1.16.0
-
The default From Name used in sending emails when a from name is not provided on an individual email template. This is the display name part of the email address ( i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their email address is updated.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to notify a user that their email address has been verified.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user is sent a forgot password email.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.host [String] Optional defaults to
localhost
Available since 1.8.0 -
The host name of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.implicitEmailVerificationAllowed Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.32.0 -
When set to true, this allows email to be verified as a result of completing a similar email based workflow such as change password. When set to false, the user must explicitly complete the email verification workflow even if the user has already completed a similar email workflow such as change password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to create an account with their login Id.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to update an existing account to use their login Id.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they log in on a new device.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a suspicious login occurs.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.password [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional password FusionAuth will use to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordlessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Passwordless Email Template, sent to users when they start a passwordless login.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they have completed a 'forgot password' workflow and their password has been reset.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their password has been updated.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.port [Integer] Optional defaults to
25
Available since 1.8.0 -
The port of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.properties [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
Additional Email Configuration in a properties file formatted String.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.security [String] Optional defaults to
NONE
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of security protocol FusionAuth will use when connecting to the SMTP server. The possible values are:
-
NONE
- no security will be used. All communications will be sent plaintext. -
SSL
- SSL will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This protocol is not recommended unless it is the only one your SMTP server supports. -
TLS
- TLS will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This is the preferred protocol for all SMTP servers.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.setPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user had their account created for them and they must set their password manually and they are sent an email to set their password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been added to their account.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been removed from their account.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize advanced threat detection emails.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.allowEmailChangeWhenGated [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When this value is set to
true
, the user is allowed to change their email address when they are gated because they haven’t verified their email address. - tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior [String] Optional defaults to
Allow
Available since 1.27.0 -
The desired behavior during login for a user that does not have a verified email. The possible values are:
-
Allow
- the user will be allowed to complete login. -
Gated
- verification is required before a user can complete login. The use of this value will require a paid edition of FusionAuth.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.username [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional username FusionAuth will to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users to verify that their email address is valid. If either the
verifyEmail
orverifyEmailWhenChanged
fields aretrue
, this field is required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationStrategy [String] Optional Available since 1.27.0
-
The process by which the user will verify their email address. The possible values are:
-
ClickableLink
- send the user a code with a clickable link. -
FormField
- send the user a short code intended to be manually entered into a form field. This is only available when tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior has theGated
value.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmail [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the registers with your application.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmailWhenChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the user changes them.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events [Object] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
A mapping of the configuration for each event type that FusionAuth sends. The event types that are the keys into this Object are:
-
audit-log.create
- When an audit log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
event-log.create
- When an event log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
jwt.public-key.update
- When a JWT RSA Public / Private keypair may have been changed -
jwt.refresh
- When an access token is refreshed using a refresh token Available since 1.16.0 -
jwt.refresh-token.revoke
- When a JWT Refresh Token is revoked -
kickstart.success
- When kickstart has successfully completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.action
- When a user action is triggered -
user.bulk.create
- When multiple users are created in bulk (i.e. during an import) -
user.create
- When a user is created -
user.create.complete
- When a user create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.deactivate
- When a user is deactivated -
user.delete
- When a user is deleted -
user.delete.complete
- When a user delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.update
- When a user updates their email address Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.verified
- When a user verifies their email address Available since 1.8.0 -
user.identity-provider.link
- When a link is created from a user to an Identity Provider Available since 1.36.0 -
user.identity-provider.unlink
- When an existing Identity Provider link is removed from a User Available since 1.36.0 -
user.loginId.duplicate.create
- When a request to create a user with a login Id (email or username) which is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.loginId.duplicate.update
- When a request to update a user and change their login Id (email or username) to one that is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.failed
- When a user fails a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.new-device
- When a user begins a login request with a new device Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.success
- When a user completes a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.suspicious
- When a user logs in and is considered to be a potential threat (requires an activated Enterprise license) Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.breach
- When Reactor detects a user is using a potentially breached password (requires an activated license) Available since 1.15.0Note: A paid plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.send
- When a forgot password email has been sent to a user Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.start
- When the process to reset a user password has started Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.success
- When a user has successfully reset their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.update
- When a user has updated their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.reactivate
- When a user is reactivated -
user.registration.create
- When a user registration is created Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.create.complete
- When a user registration create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.delete
- When a user registration is deleted Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.delete.complete
- When a user registration delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.update
- When a user registration is updated Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.update.complete
- When a user registration update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.verified
- When a user completes registration verification Available since 1.8.0 -
user.two-factor.method.add
- When a user has added a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.two-factor.method.remove
- When a user has removed a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.update
- When a user is updated -
user.update.complete
- When a user update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0
-
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults tofalse
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether or not FusionAuth should send these types of events to any configured Webhooks.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.transactionType [String] Optional defaults toNone
Available since 1.8.0 -
The transaction type that FusionAuth uses when sending these types of events to any configured Webhooks. The transaction types are:
-
None
- No Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
Any
- Only a single Webhook is required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SimpleMajority
- A simple majority (50% or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SuperMajority
- A super majority (2/3 or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
AbsoluteMajority
- Every Webhook must succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed.
Prior to version
1.36.0
, this value did not have a default. This meant at runtime the when the transaction type was calculated, it would be assumed to beAbsoluteMajority
even though this value was not set in the domain. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
30
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a OAuth authorization code in no longer valid to be exchanged for an access token. This is essentially the time allowed between the start of an Authorization request during the Authorization code grant and when you request an access token using this authorization code on the Token endpoint.
Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 600.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
600
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a change password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.11.0 -
The time in seconds until a device code Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.11.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomAlphaNumeric
Available since 1.11.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the email verification Id.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
86,400
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a email verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Email API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomAlphaNumeric
Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.12.0 -
The time in seconds until an external authentication Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a One Time Password is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a passwordless code is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Passwordless API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
3600
Available since 1.28.0 -
The number of seconds before the pending account link identifier is no longer valid to complete an account link request. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
86,400
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a registration verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Registration API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomAlphaNumeric
Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required.
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.19.0 -
The time in seconds that a SAML AuthN request Id returned by the Start SAML v2 Login Request API will be eligible to be used to complete a SAML v2 Login request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
32
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomBytes
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
86,400
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a setup password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.33.0 -
The number of seconds before the Trust Token is no longer valid to complete a request that requires trust. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
300
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until a two factor Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Two Factor Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Optional defaults to
6
Available since 1.27.0 -
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the two factor code Id.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Optional defaults to
randomDigits
Available since 1.27.0 -
The type of the secure generator used for generating the two factor one time code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.26.0 -
The number of seconds before the Two-Factor One Time Code used to enable or disable a two-factor method is no longer valid. Must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
2,592,000
Available since 1.8.0 -
The time in seconds until an issued Two Factor trust Id is no longer valid and the User will be required to complete Two Factor authentication during the next authentication attempt. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.41.0 -
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn authentication challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn authentication ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.get
API call. Value must be greater than 0.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.41.0 -
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn registration challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn registration ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.create
API call. Value must be greater than 0.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionCancelPolicy.onPasswordReset [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.42.0 -
Indicates whether you want the user to be able to self-service unlock their account prior to the action duration by completing a password reset workflow.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDuration [Long] Optional defaults to
3
Available since 1.8.0 -
The duration of the User Action. This value along with the
actionDurationUnit
will be used to set the duration of the User Action. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDurationUnit [String] Optional defaults to
"MINUTES"
Available since 1.8.0 -
The unit of time associated with a duration. The possible values are:
-
MINUTES
-
HOURS
-
DAYS
-
WEEKS
-
MONTHS
-
YEARS
-
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.emailUser [String] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.42.0 -
Indicates you would like to email the user when the user’s account is locked due to this action being taken. This requires the User Action specified by the tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId to also be configured for email. If the User Action is not configured to be able to email the user, this configuration will be ignored. See userEmailingEnabled on the User Action.
The email template configuration will be in the User Action.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.resetCountInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in seconds before the failed authentication count will be reset. Value must be greater than 0.
For example, if
tooManyAttempts
is set to5
and you fail to authenticate4
times in a row, waiting for the duration specified here will cause your fifth attempt to start back at1
. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.tooManyAttempts [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of failed attempts considered to be too many. Once this threshold is reached the specified User Action will be applied to the user for the duration specified. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The Id of the User Action that is applied when the threshold is reached for too many failed authentication attempts.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.allowChildRegistrations [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to allow child registrations.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.confirmChildEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when confirming a child.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccounts [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that child users without parental verification will be permanently deleted after tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays days.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays [Integer] Optional defaults to
30
Available since 1.8.0 -
The number of days from creation child users will be retained before being deleted for not completing parental verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether family configuration is enabled.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.familyRequestEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when a family request is made.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.maximumChildAge [Integer] Optional defaults to
12
Available since 1.8.0 -
The maximum age of a child. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.minimumOwnerAge [Integer] Optional defaults to
21
Available since 1.8.0 -
The minimum age to be an owner. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentEmailRequired [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether a parent email is required.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use for parent registration.
- tenant.formConfiguration.adminUserFormId [UUID] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.20.0
-
The unique Id of the form to use for the Add and Edit User form when used in the FusionAuth admin UI.
When this parameter is not provided, it will default to the form Id currently assigned to the Default tenant.
Note: A paid plan is required to utilize custom forms.
- tenant.httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval [Integer] Optional defaults to
3600
Available since 1.8.0 -
Time in seconds until an inactive session will be invalidated. Used when creating a new session in the FusionAuth OAuth frontend.
- tenant.issuer [String] Optional defaults to
fusionauth.io
Available since 1.8.0 -
The named issuer used to sign tokens, this is generally your public fully qualified domain.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.accessTokenKeyId [UUID] Optional defaults to key value of the FusionAuth application Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the access token.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.idTokenKeyId [UUID] Optional defaults to key value of the FusionAuth application Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the Id token.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenExpirationPolicy [String] Optional defaults to
Fixed
Available since 1.17.0 -
The refresh token expiration policy. The following are valid values:
-
Fixed
- the expiration is calculated from the time the token is issued. -
SlidingWindow
- the expiration is calculated from the last time the token was used.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onLoginPrevented [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.17.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user action, such as locking an account based on a number of failed login attempts, prevents user login.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onMultiFactorEnable [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.42.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user enables multi-factor authentication for the first time. This policy will not be applied when adding subsequent multi-factor methods to the user.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onPasswordChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.17.0 -
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user changes their password.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes [Integer] Optional defaults to
43,200
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in minutes a Refresh Token is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenUsagePolicy [String] Optional defaults to
Reusable
Available since 1.17.0 -
The refresh token usage policy. The following are valid values:
-
Reusable
- the token does not change after it was issued. -
OneTimeUse
- the token value will be changed each time the token is used to refresh a JWT. The client must store the new value after each usage.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. -
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.timeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
3,600
Available since 1.8.0 -
The length of time in seconds this JWT is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Enterprise User request to a FusionAuth User.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Enterprise User to a SCIM Server response.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupRequestConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Group request to a FusionAuth Group.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupResponseConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Group to a SCIM Server response.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM User request to a FusionAuth User.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth User to a SCIM Server response.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.loginConfiguration.requireAuthentication [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.26.0 -
Indicates whether to require an API key for the Login API when an
applicationId
is not provided. When anapplicationId
is provided to the Login API call, the application configuration will take precedence.In almost all cases, you will want to this to be
true
. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.days [Integer] Optional defaults to
180
Available since 1.8.0 -
The password maximum age in days. The number of days after which FusionAuth will require a user to change their password. Required when tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that the maximum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.minimumPasswordAge.seconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
30
Available since 1.8.0 -
The password minimum age in seconds. When enabled FusionAuth will not allow a password to be changed until it reaches this minimum age. Required when tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Indicates that the minimum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize an authenticator application to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This method uses TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Password) as defined in RFC 6238 and often uses an native mobile app such as Google Authenticator.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize an email address to complete a multi-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.templateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the email template that is used when notifying a user to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This field is required when tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.loginPolicy [String] Optional Defaults to
Enabled
Available since 1.37.0 -
When set to
Enabled
and a user has one or more two-factor methods configured, the user will be required to complete a two-factor challenge during login. When set toDisabled
, even when a user has configured one or more two-factor methods, the user will not be required to complete a two-factor challenge during login. When set toRequired
, a two-factor challenge will be required during login. If a user has not configured any two-factor methods, they will not be able to log in.This value may be overridden by the value configured by the application.multiFactorConfiguration.loginPolicy.
Supported values include:
-
Enabled
- Require a two-factor challenge during login when an eligible method is available. -
Disabled
- Do not require a two-factor challenge during login. -
Required
- Require a two-factor challenge during login. A user will be required to configure 2FA if no eligible methods are available. Available since 1.42.0
-
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.26.0 -
When enabled, users may utilize a mobile phone number to complete a multi-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.messengerId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The messenger that is used to deliver a SMS multi-factor authentication request. This field is required when tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.templateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the SMS template that is used when notifying a user to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This field is required when tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.name [String] Required
-
The unique name of the Tenant.
- tenant.oauthConfiguration.clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of a lambda that will be called to populate the JWT during a client credentials grant.
Note: A paid plan is required to utilize client credentials grant.
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionScheme [String] Optional defaults to
"salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256"
Available since 1.8.0 -
The default method for encrypting the User’s password. The following encryptors are provided with FusionAuth:
-
salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256-512
Available since 1.34.0
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionSchemeFactor [Integer] Optional defaults to
24000
Available since 1.8.0 -
The factor used by the password encryption scheme. If not provided, the
PasswordEncryptor
provides a default value. Generally this will be used as an iteration count to generate the hash. The actual use of this value is up to thePasswordEncryptor
implementation. - tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
When enabled a user’s hash configuration will be modified to match these configured settings. This can be useful to increase a password hash strength over time or upgrade imported users to a more secure encryption scheme after an initial import.
Beginning in version
1.42.0
when this configuration is enabled, in addition to re-hashing on login, the password will be re-hashed on password change as well. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.15.0 -
Whether to enable Reactor breach detection. Requires an activated license.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.matchMode [String] Optional Available since 1.15.0
-
The level of severity where Reactor will consider a breach. The following are valid values:
-
High
Only requires a password match, this is the most secure and is recommended -
Medium
Exact match on username, email address or email sub-address -
Low
Exact match on an email or username, or the password is a common breached value
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.notifyUserEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.15.0
-
The Id of the email template to use when notifying user of breached password. Required if tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin is set to
NotifyUser
. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin [String] Optional Available since 1.15.0
-
The behavior when detecting breaches at time of user login. The following are valid values:
-
Off
Do not perform breach detection at login -
RecordOnly
Only record the result, take no action -
NotifyUser
Notify the end user via email -
RequireChange
Require immediate password change
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer] Optional defaults to
256
Available since 1.8.0 -
The maximum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer] Optional defaults to
8
Available since 1.8.0 -
The minimum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of previous passwords to remember. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to prevent a user from using any of their previous passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one uppercase and one lowercase character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one non-alphanumeric character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether to force the user to use at least one number.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.validateOnLogin [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.15.0 -
When enabled the user’s password will be validated during login. If the password does not meet the currently configured validation rules the user will be required to change their password.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for failed login.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can fail to login within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration. If a Failed authentication action has been configured then it will take precedence.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can fail login before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for forgot password.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a forgot password email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a forgot password email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send email verification.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a verification email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send passwordless.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a passwordless login email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a passwordless login email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send registration verification.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a registration verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a registration verification email before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.30.0 -
Whether rate limiting is enabled for send two factor.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.limit [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.30.0 -
The number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
60
Available since 1.30.0 -
The duration for the number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS before being rate limited.
Required when
enabled
is set totrue
.Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize rate limiting.
- tenant.registrationConfiguration.blockedDomains [Array<String>] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
A list of unique domains that are not allowed to register when self service is enabled.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize blocked domains.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.clientEntityTypeId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Clients for this tenant.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
Whether or not this tenant has the SCIM endpoints enabled.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.schemas [Map] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.36.0
-
JSON formatted as a SCIM Schemas endpoint response. Because the SCIM lambdas may modify the JSON response, ensure the Schema’s response matches that generated by the response lambdas. More about Schema definitions.
When this parameter is not provided, it will default to EnterpriseUser, Group, and User schema definitions as defined by the SCIM core schemas spec.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.serverEntityTypeId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Servers for this tenant.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize SCIM.
Required when tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled is
true
. - tenant.ssoConfiguration.deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Optional defaults to
31,536,000
(1 year) Available since 1.30.2 -
The number of seconds before a trusted device is reset. When reset, a user is forced to complete captcha during login and complete two factor authentication if applicable.
- tenant.themeId [UUID] Optional defaults to the default tenant theme Id of
75a068fd-e94b-451a-9aeb-3ddb9a3b5987
Available since 1.8.0 -
The unique Id of the theme to be used to style the login page and other end user templates.
Prior to version
1.30.0
this value was required. - tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.13.0 -
Indicates that users without a verified email address will be permanently deleted after tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain days.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain [Integer] Optional Available since 1.13.0
-
The number of days from creation users will be retained before being deleted for not completing email verification. This field is required when tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled is set to
true
. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When
true
, FusionAuth will handle username collisions by generating a random suffix.Note: A paid plan is required to utilize unique usernames.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.numberOfDigits [Integer] Optional defaults to
5
Available since 1.27.0 -
The maximum number of digits to use when building a unique suffix for a username. A number will be randomly selected and will be 1 or more digits up to this configured value in length. For example, if this value is
5
, the suffix will be a number between00001
and99999
, inclusive. The value of this field must be greater than or equal to3
and less than or equal to10
. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.separator [String] Optional defaults to the
#
character Available since 1.27.0 -
A single character to use as a separator from the requested username and a unique suffix that is added when a duplicate username is detected. This value can be a single non-alphanumeric ASCII character.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.strategy [String] Optional defaults to
OnCollision
Available since 1.29.0 -
This strategy instructions FusionAuth when to append a unique suffix to the username. The possible values are:
-
Always
- Always append a unique suffix even when the requested username is not in use. -
OnCollision
- Only append a unique suffix when the requested username is in use.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Optional defaults to
crossPlatform
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
The recommended value for the bootstrap workflow is
any
.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn cross-platform authenticators.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has the WebAuthn bootstrap workflow enabled. The bootstrap workflow is used when the user must "bootstrap" the authentication process by identifying themselves prior to the WebAuthn ceremony and can be used to authenticate from a new device using WebAuthn.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Optional defaults to
required
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
It is highly recommended to use the
required
option for the bootstrap workflow.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled for this tenant to create an event log to assist in debugging WebAuthn errors.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has WebAuthn enabled globally.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Optional defaults to
crossPlatform
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
The recommended value for the reauthentication workflow is
platform
.Note: A paid plan is required to utilize unique usernames.
Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn cross-platform authenticators.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.41.0 -
Whether or not this tenant has the WebAuthn reauthentication workflow enabled. The reauthentication workflow will automatically prompt a user to authenticate using WebAuthn for repeated logins from the same device.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Optional defaults to
required
Available since 1.41.0 -
Determines the user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
It is highly recommended to use the
required
option for the reauthentication workflow.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyId [String] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.41.0
-
The value this tenant will use for the Relying Party Id in WebAuthn ceremonies. Passkeys can only be used to authenticate on sites using the same Relying Party Id they were registered with. This value must match the browser origin or be a registrable domain suffix of the browser origin. For example, if your domain is
auth.piedpiper.com
, you could useauth.piedpiper.com
orpiedpiper.com
but notm.auth.piedpiper.com
orcom
.When this parameter is omitted, FusionAuth will use
null
for the Relying Party Id in passkey creation and request options. Anull
value in the WebAuthn JavaScript API will use the browser origin.Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyName [String] Optional defaults to [see description] Available since 1.41.0
-
The value this tenant will use for the Relying Party name in WebAuthn ceremonies. This value may be displayed by browser or operating system dialogs during WebAuthn ceremonies.
When this parameter is omitted, FusionAuth will use the tenant.issuer value.
Note: An Essentials or Enterprise plan is required to utilize WebAuthn.
- webhookIds [Array<UUID>] Optional Available since 1.37.0
-
An array of Webhook Ids. For Webhooks that are not already configured for All Tenants, specifying an Id on this request will indicate the associated Webhook should handle events for this tenant.
{
"tenant": {
"accessControlConfiguration": {
"uiIPAccessControlListId": "11d49de7-69f6-46fc-8270-0b3aa626327a"
},
"captchaConfiguration": {
"captchaMethod": "GoogleRecaptchaV3",
"enabled": true,
"secretKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk70us00012r66r96tt7rp",
"siteKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk75tz00022r66ombcfadr",
"threshold": 0.5
},
"connectorPolicies": [
{
"connectorId": "e3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": false
},
{
"connectorId": "27f22280-7e55-4d1c-b9f8-239bf9cc1a5e",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": true
}
],
"data": {
"description": "No more secrets, Marty."
},
"emailConfiguration": {
"additionalHeaders": [
{
"name": "X-SES-CONFIGURATION-SET",
"value": "example_configuration_set_name"
}
],
"defaultFromEmail": "jared@piedpiper.com",
"defaultFromName": "Jared Dunn",
"emailUpdateEmailTemplateId": "ec3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId": "49aba1de-0225-45d7-a2b1-f9fe46b0242c",
"host": "smtp.sendgrid.net",
"implicitEmailVerificationAllowed": true,
"loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId": "2c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId": "3c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId": "4c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"password": "password",
"passwordlessEmailTemplateId": "a917e23a-da58-4cda-be01-90f542f8c343",
"passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId": "5c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId": "6c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"port": 587,
"properties": {
"key": "value"
},
"security": "TLS",
"setPasswordEmailTemplateId": "a9aba13e-0125-4fd7-a2b1-aaa146b02423",
"twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId": "7c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId": "8c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"unverified": {
"allowEmailChangeWhenGated": false,
"behavior": "Allow"
},
"username": "username",
"verificationEmailTemplateId": "8da42c09-461c-45f3-b931-6e9f63b87ab5",
"verificationStrategy": "FormField",
"verifyEmail": true,
"verifyEmailWhenChanged": true
},
"eventConfiguration": {
"events": {
"user.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.deactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.bulk.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.reactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh-token.revoke": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.public-key.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.success": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.failed": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.password.breach": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.email.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
}
}
},
"externalIdentifierConfiguration": {
"authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 30,
"changePasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 600,
"deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 1800,
"deviceUserCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"emailVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"passwordlessLoginGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds": 3600,
"registrationVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"setupPasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomDigits"
},
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 2592000,
"webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180
},
"failedAuthenticationConfiguration": {
"actionCancelPolicy": {
"onPasswordReset": false
},
"actionDuration": 3,
"actionDurationUnit": "MINUTES",
"emailUser": false,
"resetCountInSeconds": 60,
"tooManyAttempts": 5,
"userActionId": "16cfc707-268c-4c5b-8989-f71f3ee156d4"
},
"familyConfiguration": {
"allowChildRegistrations": true,
"confirmChildEmailTemplateId": "87654321-4321-8765-ba09-ba0987654321",
"deleteOrphanedAccounts": false,
"deleteOrphanedAccountsDays": 30,
"enabled": true,
"familyRequestEmailTemplateId": "57462514-a73b-cd76-0001-b8a65cd61230",
"maximumChildAge": 12,
"minimumOwnerAge": 21,
"parentEmailRequired": false,
"parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId": "12345678-1234-5678-90ab-1234567890ab"
},
"formConfiguration": {
"adminUserFormId": "e92751a5-25f4-4bca-ad91-66cdf67725d2"
},
"httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval": 3600,
"issuer": "https://example.com",
"jwtConfiguration": {
"accessTokenKeyId": "025233ca-d4f3-2aa4-eca9-7e4200e9b472",
"enabled": true,
"idTokenKeyId": "092dbedc-30af-4149-9c61-b578f2c72f59",
"refreshTokenExpirationPolicy": "Fixed",
"refreshTokenRevocationPolicy": {
"onLoginPrevented": true,
"onMultiFactorEnable": true,
"onPasswordChanged": true
},
"refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes": 43200,
"refreshTokenUsagePolicy": "Reusable",
"timeToLiveInSeconds": 3600
},
"lambdaConfiguration": {
"scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId": "c2e70f8d-19bb-4df7-848a-33a9a1e26b84",
"scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId": "44fc9553-8a2e-408f-8aa2-fa65b70b55e2",
"scimGroupRequestConverterId": "66d65de0-1819-42f8-86ed-7daaa4e155dc",
"scimGroupResponseConverterId": "79812ede-432f-4375-9b43-23c0fe996fef",
"scimUserRequestConverterId": "8a51d7a1-5e3e-442a-b96a-0c31379bb3d4",
"scimUserResponseConverterId": "c8720843-dc4f-4e6c-b6ca-500e9c44695f"
},
"logoutURL": "http://example.com/logout",
"maximumPasswordAge": {
"days": 180,
"enabled": false
},
"minimumPasswordAge": {
"enabled": false,
"seconds": 30
},
"multiFactorConfiguration": {
"authenticator": {
"enabled": true
},
"email": {
"enabled": true,
"templateId": "d312fb71-d7d8-4b75-a497-6096a07220b3"
},
"loginPolicy": "Enabled",
"sms": {
"enabled": true,
"messengerId": "0a4bae38-ffef-4c33-b74c-1d50c796f600",
"templateId": "f35e04e6-72ec-4f52-b552-29cf950a4ed6"
}
},
"name": "Playtronics Co.",
"oauthConfiguration": {
"clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId": "46e120c1-4c22-473f-95b4-e2c187cd20c2"
},
"passwordEncryptionConfiguration": {
"encryptionScheme": "salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256",
"encryptionSchemeFactor": 24000,
"modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin": false
},
"passwordValidationRules": {
"breachDetection": {
"enabled": true,
"notifyUserEmailTemplateId": "e6c74b53-d43d-471e-ae7e-906456d0f341",
"matchMode": "High",
"onLogin": "Off"
},
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true,
"validateOnLogin": false
},
"rateLimitConfiguration": {
"failedLogin": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"forgotPassword": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendEmailVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendRegistrationVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendPasswordless": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendTwoFactor": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
}
},
"registrationConfiguration": {},
"scimServerConfiguration": {
"clientEntityTypeId": "d9ed49f7-1106-4b20-acdb-5cbda76ae77e",
"enabled": true,
"serverEntityTypeId": "919e0ac5-1cf0-4fcf-a8fc-29d77a0d1d8f",
"schemas": {}
},
"ssoConfiguration": {
"deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds": 31536000
},
"themeId": "c6ad3fac-6f32-4db7-91a4-061ff035e871",
"userDeletePolicy": {
"unverified": {
"enabled": true,
"numberOfDaysToRetain": 30
}
},
"usernameConfiguration": {
"unique": {
"enabled": false,
"numberOfDigits": 5,
"separator": "#"
}
},
"webAuthnConfiguration": {
"enabled": true,
"bootstrapWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "crossPlatform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"debug": false,
"reauthenticationWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "platform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"relyingPartyId": "piedpiper.com",
"relyingPartyName": "Pied Piper"
},
"webhookIds": [
"00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000042"
]
}
}
Response
The response for this API contains the Tenant that was updated.
Code | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The request was successful. The response will contain a JSON body. |
400 |
The request was invalid and/or malformed. The response will contain an Errors JSON Object with the specific errors. This status will also be returned if a paid FusionAuth license is required and is not present. |
401 |
You did not supply a valid Authorization header. The header was omitted or your API key was not valid. The response will be empty. See Authentication. |
404 |
The object you are trying to update doesn’t exist. The response will be empty. |
500 |
There was an internal error. A stack trace is provided and logged in the FusionAuth log files. The response will be empty. |
Response Body
- tenant.accessControlConfiguration.uiIPAccessControlListId [UUID] Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the IP Access Control List limiting access to this all applications in this tenant.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.captchaMethod [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The type of captcha method to use.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.30.0
-
Whether captcha configuration is enabled.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.secretKey [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The secret key for this captcha method.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.siteKey [String] Available since 1.30.0
-
The site key for this captcha method.
- tenant.captchaConfiguration.threshold [Float] Available since 1.30.0
-
The numeric threshold which separates a passing score from a failing one. This value only applies if using either the Google v3 or HCaptcha Enterprise method, otherwise this value is ignored.
- tenant.configured [Boolean]
-
Indicates the tenant has been configured. It is always
true
, except for default tenant when the setup wizard has not been completed, in which case it isfalse
. - tenant.connectorPolicies [Array] Available since 1.18.0
-
A list of Connector policies. Users will be authenticated against Connectors in order. Each Connector can be included in this list at most once and must exist.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.connectorId [UUID] Available since 1.18.0 -
The identifier of the Connector to which this policy refers.
- tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.domains [String] Available since 1.18.0 -
An list of email domains to which this connector should apply.
A value of
["*"]
indicates this connector applies to all users. - tenant.connectorPolicies
[x]
.migrate [Boolean] # Available since 1.18.0 -
If true, the user’s data will be migrated to FusionAuth at first successful authentication; subsequent authentications will occur against the FusionAuth datastore. If false, the Connector’s source will be treated as authoritative.
- tenant.data [Object]
-
An object that can hold any information about the Tenant that should be persisted.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.additionalHeaders [Array<Object>] Optional Available since 1.32.0
-
The additional SMTP headers to be added to each outgoing email. Each SMTP header consists of a name and a value.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.37.0 -
Determines if debug should be enabled to create an event log to assist in debugging SMTP errors.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromEmail [String] Optional defaults to
change-me@fusionauth.io
Available since 1.16.0 -
The default email address that emails will be sent from when a from address is not provided on an individual email template. This is the address part email address (i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.defaultFromName [String] Optional Available since 1.16.0
-
The default From Name used in sending emails when a from name is not provided on an individual email template. This is the display name part of the email address ( i.e. Jared Dunn <jared@piedpiper.com>).
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their email address is updated.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to notify a user that their email address has been verified.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user is sent a forgot password email.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.host [String] Optional defaults to
localhost
Available since 1.8.0 -
The host name of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.implicitEmailVerificationAllowed Optional defaults to
true
Available since 1.32.0 -
When set to true, this allows email to be verified as a result of completing a similar email based workflow such as change password. When set to false, the user must explicitly complete the email verification workflow even if the user has already completed a similar email workflow such as change password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to create an account with their login Id.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when another user attempts to update an existing account to use their login Id.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they log in on a new device.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a suspicious login occurs.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.password [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional password FusionAuth will use to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordlessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Passwordless Email Template, sent to users when they start a passwordless login.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when they have completed a 'forgot password' workflow and their password has been reset.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when their password has been updated.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.port [Integer] Optional defaults to
25
Available since 1.8.0 -
The port of the SMTP server that FusionAuth will use.
Prior to version
1.28.0
this value was required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.properties [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
Additional Email Configuration in a properties file formatted String.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.security [String] Optional defaults to
NONE
Available since 1.8.0 -
The type of security protocol FusionAuth will use when connecting to the SMTP server. The possible values are:
-
NONE
- no security will be used. All communications will be sent plaintext. -
SSL
- SSL will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This protocol is not recommended unless it is the only one your SMTP server supports. -
TLS
- TLS will be used to connect to the SMTP server. This is the preferred protocol for all SMTP servers.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.setPasswordEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.19.0
-
The Id of the Email Template that is used when a user had their account created for them and they must set their password manually and they are sent an email to set their password.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been added to their account.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users when a MFA method has been removed from their account.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.allowEmailChangeWhenGated [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
Available since 1.27.0 -
When this value is set to
true
, the user is allowed to change their email address when they are gated because they haven’t verified their email address. - tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior [String] Optional defaults to
Allow
Available since 1.27.0 -
The desired behavior during login for a user that does not have a verified email. The possible values are:
-
Allow
- the user will be allowed to complete login. -
Gated
- verification is required before a user can complete login. The use of this value will require a paid edition of FusionAuth.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.username [String] Optional Available since 1.8.0
-
An optional username FusionAuth will to authenticate with the SMTP server.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Optional
-
The Id of the Email Template used to send emails to users to verify that their email address is valid. If either the
verifyEmail
orverifyEmailWhenChanged
fields aretrue
, this field is required. - tenant.emailConfiguration.verificationStrategy [String] Optional Available since 1.27.0
-
The process by which the user will verify their email address. The possible values are:
-
ClickableLink
- send the user a code with a clickable link. -
FormField
- send the user a short code intended to be manually entered into a form field. This is only available when tenant.emailConfiguration.unverified.behavior has theGated
value.
-
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmail [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the registers with your application.
- tenant.emailConfiguration.verifyEmailWhenChanged [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Whether the user’s email addresses are verified when the user changes them.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events [Object] Available since 1.8.0
-
A mapping of the configuration for each event type that FusionAuth sends. The event types that are the keys into this Object are:
-
audit-log.create
- When an audit log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
event-log.create
- When an event log is created Available since 1.30.0 -
jwt.public-key.update
- When a JWT RSA Public / Private keypair may have been changed -
jwt.refresh
- When an access token is refreshed using a refresh token Available since 1.16.0 -
jwt.refresh-token.revoke
- When a JWT Refresh Token is revoked -
kickstart.success
- When kickstart has successfully completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.action
- When a user action is triggered -
user.bulk.create
- When multiple users are created in bulk (i.e. during an import) -
user.create
- When a user is created -
user.create.complete
- When a user create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.deactivate
- When a user is deactivated -
user.delete
- When a user is deleted -
user.delete.complete
- When a user delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.update
- When a user updates their email address Available since 1.30.0 -
user.email.verified
- When a user verifies their email address Available since 1.8.0 -
user.identity-provider.link
- When a link is created from a user to an Identity Provider Available since 1.36.0 -
user.identity-provider.unlink
- When an existing Identity Provider link is removed from a User Available since 1.36.0 -
user.loginId.duplicate.create
- When a request to create a user with a login Id (email or username) which is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.loginId.duplicate.update
- When a request to update a user and change their login Id (email or username) to one that is already in use has been received Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.failed
- When a user fails a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.new-device
- When a user begins a login request with a new device Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.login.success
- When a user completes a login request Available since 1.6.0 -
user.login.suspicious
- When a user logs in and is considered to be a potential threat (requires an activated Enterprise license) Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.breach
- When Reactor detects a user is using a potentially breached password (requires an activated license) Available since 1.15.0Note: A paid plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.send
- When a forgot password email has been sent to a user Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.start
- When the process to reset a user password has started Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.reset.success
- When a user has successfully reset their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.password.update
- When a user has updated their password Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.reactivate
- When a user is reactivated -
user.registration.create
- When a user registration is created Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.create.complete
- When a user registration create transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.delete
- When a user registration is deleted Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.delete.complete
- When a user registration delete transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.update
- When a user registration is updated Available since 1.6.0 -
user.registration.update.complete
- When a user registration update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0 -
user.registration.verified
- When a user completes registration verification Available since 1.8.0 -
user.two-factor.method.add
- When a user has added a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.two-factor.method.remove
- When a user has removed a two-factor method Available since 1.30.0Note: An Enterprise plan is required to utilize this event.
-
user.update
- When a user is updated -
user.update.complete
- When a user update transaction has completed Available since 1.30.0
-
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0 -
Whether or not FusionAuth should send these types of events to any configured Webhooks.
- tenant.eventConfiguration.events
[type]
.transactionType [String] Available since 1.8.0 -
The transaction type that FusionAuth uses when sending these types of events to any configured Webhooks. The transaction types are:
-
None
- No Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
Any
- Only a single Webhook is required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SimpleMajority
- A simple majority (50% or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
SuperMajority
- A super majority (2/3 or more) of Webhooks are required to succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed. -
AbsoluteMajority
- Every Webhook must succeed for the FusionAuth transaction to be committed.
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an OAuth authorization code is no longer valid to be exchanged for an access token. This is essentially the time allowed between the start of an Authorization request during the Authorization code grant and when you request an access token using this authorization code on the Token endpoint.
Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 600.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the changePasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the change password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a change password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.11.0
-
The time in seconds until a device code Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.11.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.deviceUserCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.11.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the device code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the email verification Id.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an email verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Email API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the emailVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the email verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.12.0
-
The time in seconds until an external authentication Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Token API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a One Time Password is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the passwordlessLoginGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the passwordless login. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a passwordless code is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Passwordless API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.28.0
-
The number of seconds before the pending account link identifier is no longer valid to complete an account link request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a registration verification Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Verify Registration API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the registrationVerificationIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the registration verification one time code. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.19.0
-
The time in seconds that a SAML AuthN request Id returned by the Start SAML v2 Login Request API will be eligible to be used to complete a SAML v2 Login request.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the setupPasswordIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the setup password Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a setup password Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Change Password API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.33.0
-
The number of seconds before the Trust Token is no longer valid to complete a request that requires trust. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until a two factor Id is no longer valid and cannot be used by the Two Factor Login API. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.length [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of the secure generator used for generating the the two factor one time code Id.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal to
randomAlpha
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomAlphaNumeric
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomBytes
then the length must be greater or equal to 16 and less than or equal to 128.
If the twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type is equal torandomDigits
then the length must be greater or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 12.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator.type [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The type of the secure generator used for generating the two factor code Id. Possible values are:
-
randomAlpha
-
randomAlphaNumeric
-
randomBytes
-
randomDigits
-
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The number of seconds before the Two-Factor One Time Code used to enable or disable a two-factor method is no longer valid. Must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The time in seconds until an issued Two Factor trust Id is no longer valid and the User will be required to complete Two Factor authentication during the next authentication attempt. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0
-
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn authentication challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn authentication ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.get
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.externalIdentifierConfiguration.webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.41.0
-
The time in seconds until a WebAuthn registration challenge is no longer valid and the User will be required to restart the WebAuthn registration ceremony by creating a new challenge. This value also controls the timeout for the client-side WebAuthn
navigator.credentials.create
API call. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionCancelPolicy.onPasswordReset [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates whether you want the user to be able to self-service unlock their account prior to the action duration by completing a password reset workflow.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDuration [Long] Available since 1.8.0
-
The duration of the User Action. This value along with the
actionDurationUnit
will be used to set the duration of the User Action. Value must be greater than 0. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.actionDurationUnit [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unit of time associated with a duration. The possible values are:
-
MINUTES
-
HOURS
-
DAYS
-
WEEKS
-
MONTHS
-
YEARS
-
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.emailUser [String] Optional Available since 1.42.0
-
Indicates you would like to email the user when the user’s account is locked due to this action being taken. This requires the User Action specified by the tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId to also be configured for email. If the User Action is not configured to be able to email the user, this configuration will be ignored. See userEmailingEnabled on the User Action.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.resetCountInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in seconds before the failed authentication count will be reset. Value must be greater than 0.
For example, if
tooManyAttempts
is set to5
and you fail to authenticate4
times in a row, waiting for the duration specified here will cause your fifth attempt to start back at1
. - tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.tooManyAttempts [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of failed attempts considered to be too many. Once this threshold is reached the specified User Action will be applied to the user for the duration specified. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.failedAuthenticationConfiguration.userActionId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The Id of the User Action that is applied when the threshold is reached for too many failed authentication attempts.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.allowChildRegistrations [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to allow child registrations.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.confirmChildEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when confirming a child.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccounts [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that child users without parental verification will be permanently deleted after tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays days.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.deleteOrphanedAccountsDays [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of days from creation child users will be retained before being deleted for not completing parental verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether family configuration is enabled.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.familyRequestEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use when a family request is made.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.maximumChildAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The maximum age of a child. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.minimumOwnerAge [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The minimum age to be an owner. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentEmailRequired [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether a parent email is required.
- tenant.familyConfiguration.parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the email template to use for parent registration.
- tenant.formConfiguration.adminUserFormId [UUID] Available since 1.20.0
-
The unique Id of the form to use for the Add and Edit User form when used in the FusionAuth admin UI.
- tenant.httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
Time in seconds until an inactive session will be invalidated. Used when creating a new session in the FusionAuth OAuth frontend.
- tenant.id [UUID]
-
The unique identifier for this Tenant.
- tenant.insertInstant [Long]
-
The instant that the Tenant was added to the FusionAuth database.
- tenant.issuer [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The named issuer used to sign tokens, this is generally your public fully qualified domain.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.accessTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the access token.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.idTokenKeyId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique id of the signing key used to sign the Id token.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenExpirationPolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0
-
The refresh token expiration policy. The following are valid values:
-
Fixed
- the expiration is calculated from the time the token is issued. -
SlidingWindow
- the expiration is calculated from the last time the token was used.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onLoginPrevented [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user action, such as locking an account based on a number of failed login attempts, prevents user login.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onMultiFactorEnable [Boolean] Available since 1.42.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user enables multi-factor authentication for the first time. This policy will not be applied when adding subsequent multi-factor methods to the user.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenRevocationPolicy.onPasswordChanged [Boolean] Available since 1.17.0
-
When enabled, all refresh tokens will be revoked when a user changes their password.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in minutes a Refresh Token is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.refreshTokenUsagePolicy [String] Available since 1.17.0
-
The refresh token usage policy. The following are valid values:
-
Reusable
- the token does not change after it was issued. -
OneTimeUse
- the token value will be changed each time the token is used to refresh a JWT. The client must store the new value after each usage.
-
- tenant.jwtConfiguration.timeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The length of time in seconds this JWT is valid from the time it was issued. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Enterprise User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Enterprise User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM Group Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM Group request to a FusionAuth Group.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimGroupResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM GroupResponse Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth Group to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserRequestConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Request Lambda that will be used to convert the SCIM User request to a FusionAuth User.
- tenant.lambdaConfiguration.scimUserResponseConverterId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Id of a SCIM User Response Lambda that will be used to convert a FusionAuth User to a SCIM Server response.
- tenant.lastUpdateInstant [Long]
-
The instant that the Tenant was last updated in the FusionAuth database.
- tenant.loginConfiguration.requireAuthentication [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
Indicates whether to require an API key for the Login API when an
applicationId
is not provided. When anapplicationId
is provided to the Login API call, the application configuration will take precedence. - tenant.logoutURL [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The logout redirect URL when sending the user’s browser to the
/oauth2/logout
URI of the FusionAuth Front End. This value is only used when a logout URL is not defined in your Application. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.days [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The password maximum age in days. The number of days after which FusionAuth will require a user to change their password. Required when tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.maximumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that the maximum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.minimumPasswordAge.seconds [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The password minimum age in seconds. When enabled FusionAuth will not allow a password to be changed until it reaches this minimum age. Required when tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled is set to
true
. - tenant.minimumPasswordAge.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Indicates that the minimum password age is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.algorithm [String] Available since 1.26.0
-
The algorithm used by the TOTP authenticator. This value is
HmacSHA1
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.codeLength [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The length of the code generated by the TOTP. This value is
6
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize an authenticator application to complete a multi-factor authentication request. This method uses TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Password) as defined in RFC 6238 and often uses an native mobile app such as Google Authenticator.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.authenticator.timeStep [Integer] Available since 1.26.0
-
The time-step size in seconds. This value is
30
and read only. - tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize an email address to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.email.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the email template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.26.0
-
When enabled, users may utilize a mobile phone number to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.messengerId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The messenger that is used to deliver a SMS two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.multiFactorConfiguration.sms.templateId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of the SMS template that is used when notifying a user to complete a two-factor authentication request.
- tenant.name [String]
-
The unique name of the Tenant.
- tenant.oauthConfiguration.clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId [UUID] Available since 1.26.0
-
The Id of a lambda that will be called to populate the JWT during a client credentials grant.
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionScheme [String] Available since 1.8.0
-
The default method for encrypting the User’s password. The following encryptors are provided with FusionAuth:
-
salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256-512
Available since 1.34.0
- tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.encryptionSchemeFactor [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The factor used by the password encryption scheme. If not provided, the
PasswordEncryptor
provides a default value. Generally this will be used as an iteration count to generate the hash. The actual use of this value is up to thePasswordEncryptor
implementation. - tenant.passwordEncryptionConfiguration.modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
When enabled a user’s hash configuration will be modified to match these configured settings. This can be useful to increase a password hash strength over time or upgrade imported users to a more secure encryption scheme after an initial import.
Beginning in version
1.42.0
when this configuration is enabled, in addition to re-hashing on login, the password will be re-hashed on password change as well. - tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0
-
Whether to enable Reactor breach detection. Requires an activated license.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.matchMode [String] Available since 1.15.0
-
The level of severity where Reactor will consider a breach. The following are valid values:
-
High
Only requires a password match, this is the most secure and is recommended -
Medium
Exact match on username, email address or email sub-address -
Low
Exact match on an email or username, or the password is a common breached value
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.notifyUserEmailTemplateId [UUID] Available since 1.15.0
-
The Id of the email template to use when notifying a user of a breached password.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.breachDetection.onLogin [String] Available since 1.15.0
-
The behavior when detecting breaches at time of user login. The following are valid values:
-
Off
Do not perform breach detection at login -
RecordOnly
Only record the result, take no action -
NotifyUser
Notify the end user via email -
RequireChange
Require immediate password change
-
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The maximum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The minimum length of a password when a new user is created or a user requests a password change.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer] Available since 1.8.0
-
The number of previous passwords to remember. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to prevent a user from using any of their previous passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one uppercase and one lowercase character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one non-alphanumeric character.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean] Available since 1.8.0
-
Whether to force the user to use at least one number.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.validateOnLogin [Boolean] Available since 1.15.0
-
When enabled the user’s password will be validated during login. If the password does not meet the currently configured validation rules the user will be required to change their password.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can fail to login within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration. If a Failed authentication action has been configured then it will take precedence.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.failedLogin.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can fail login before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a forgot password email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.forgotPassword.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a forgot password email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendEmailVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a verification email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a passwordless login email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendPasswordless.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a passwordless login email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a registration verification email within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendRegistrationVerification.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a registration verification email before being rate limited.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.limit [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS within the configured timePeriodInSeconds duration.
- tenant.rateLimitConfiguration.sendTwoFactor.timePeriodInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.0
-
The duration for the number of times a user can request a two-factor code by email or SMS before being rate limited.
- tenant.registrationConfiguration.blockedDomains [Array<String>] Optional Available since 1.30.0
-
A list of unique domains that are not allowed to register when self service is enabled.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.clientEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Clients for this tenant.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.36.0
-
Whether or not this tenant has the SCIM endpoints enabled.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.schemas [Map] Available since 1.36.0
-
JSON formatted as a SCIM Schemas endpoint response. Because the SCIM lambdas may modify the JSON response, ensure the Schema’s response matches that generated by the response lambdas. More about Schema definitions.
- tenant.scimServerConfiguration.serverEntityTypeId [UUID] Available since 1.36.0
-
The Entity Type that will be used to represent SCIM Servers for this tenant.
- tenant.ssoConfiguration.deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds [Integer] Available since 1.30.2
-
The number of seconds before a trusted device is reset. When reset, a user is forced to complete captcha during login and complete two factor authentication if applicable.
- tenant.state [String] Available since 1.22.0
-
The current state of the tenant. The following are valid values:
-
Active
- The tenant is active. -
PendingDelete
- A delete request has been requested and is being processed.
-
- tenant.themeId [UUID] Available since 1.8.0
-
The unique Id of the theme to be used to style the login page and other end user templates.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.13.0
-
Indicates that users without a verified email address will be permanently deleted after tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain days.
- tenant.userDeletePolicy.unverified.numberOfDaysToRetain [Integer] Available since 1.13.0
-
The number of days from creation users will be retained before being deleted for not completing email verification. Value must be greater than 0.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.27.0
-
When
true
, FusionAuth will handle username collisions by generating a random suffix. Users with colliding usernames will be able to use the same one, but in the admin and API interfaces, a unique username will be displayed. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.numberOfDigits [Integer] Available since 1.27.0
-
The maximum number of digits to use when building a unique suffix for a username. A number will be randomly selected and will be 1 or more digits up to this configured value in length. For example, if this value is
5
, the suffix will be a number between00001
and99999
, inclusive. - tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.separator [String] Available since 1.27.0
-
A single character to use as a separator from the requested username and a unique suffix that is added when a duplicate username is detected. This value can be a single non alphanumeric ASCII character.
- tenant.usernameConfiguration.unique.strategy [String] Available since 1.29.0
-
This strategy instructions FusionAuth when to append a unique suffix to the username. The possible values are:
-
Always
- Always append a unique suffix even when the requested username is not in use. -
OnCollision
- Only append a unique suffix when the requested username is in use.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether the WebAuthn bootstrap workflow is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.bootstrapWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the bootstrap workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.debug [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether debug event log output is enabled for WebAuthn.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether WebAuthn configuration is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.authenticatorAttachmentPreference [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The authenticator attachment requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
any
- An authenticator with any attachment modality will be allowed during registration. -
crossPlatform
- Only authenticators with thecross-platform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration. These are also referred to as "roaming" authenticators. -
platform
- Only authenticators with theplatform
attachment modality will be allowed during registration.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.enabled [Boolean] Available since 1.41.0
-
Whether the WebAuthn reauthentication workflow is enabled.
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.reauthenticationWorkflow.userVerificationRequirement [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The user verification requirement for WebAuthn passkey registration and authentication when using the reauthentication workflow. The possible values are:
-
discouraged
- If possible, do not require user verification during registration and authentication. -
preferred
- Prefer authenticators that support user verification during registration and authentication but allow others. -
required
- Only authenticators that support user verification will be allowed.
-
- tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyId [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The Relying Party Id the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. Passkeys can only be used to authenticate on sites using the same Relying Party Id they were registered with.
The default value is
null
, which instructs the WebAuthn JavaScript API to use the browser origin. - tenant.webAuthnConfiguration.relyingPartyName [String] Available since 1.41.0
-
The Relying Party name the tenant will use in WebAuthn ceremonies. This value is used only for display and may be shown by browser or OS dialogs during WebAuthn ceremonies.
If no value is configured, the tenant.issuer value will be used.
{
"tenant": {
"accessControlConfiguration": {
"uiIPAccessControlListId": "11d49de7-69f6-46fc-8270-0b3aa626327a"
},
"configured": true,
"captchaConfiguration": {
"captchaMethod": "GoogleRecaptchaV3",
"enabled": true,
"secretKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk70us00012r66r96tt7rp",
"siteKey": "6LdYWpMbAAAAAKhcksgk75tz00022r66ombcfadr",
"threshold": 0.5
},
"connectorPolicies": [
{
"connectorId": "e3306678-a53a-4964-9040-1c96f36dda72",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": false
},
{
"connectorId": "27f22280-7e55-4d1c-b9f8-239bf9cc1a5e",
"domains": [
"*"
],
"migrate": true
}
],
"data": {
"description": "No more secrets, Marty."
},
"emailConfiguration": {
"additionalHeaders": [
{
"name": "X-SES-CONFIGURATION-SET",
"value": "example_configuration_set_name"
}
],
"defaultFromEmail": "jared@piedpiper.com",
"defaultFromName": "Jared Dunn",
"emailUpdateEmailTemplateId": "ec3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"emailVerifiedEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"forgotPasswordEmailTemplateId": "49aba1de-0225-45d7-a2b1-f9fe46b0242c",
"host": "smtp.sendgrid.net",
"implicitEmailVerificationAllowed": true,
"loginIdInUseOnCreateEmailTemplateId": "1c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginIdInUseOnUpdateEmailTemplateId": "2c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginNewDeviceEmailTemplateId": "3c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"loginSuspiciousEmailTemplateId": "4c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"password": "password",
"passwordlessEmailTemplateId": "a917e23a-da58-4cda-be01-90f542f8c343",
"passwordResetSuccessEmailTemplateId": "5c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"passwordUpdateEmailTemplateId": "6c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"port": 587,
"properties": {
"key": "value"
},
"security": "TLS",
"setPasswordEmailTemplateId": "a9aba13e-0125-4fd7-a2b1-aaa146b02423",
"twoFactorMethodAddEmailTemplateId": "7c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"twoFactorMethodRemoveEmailTemplateId": "8c3045c7-97d8-47f8-8725-61b93deacf5d",
"unverified": {
"allowEmailChangeWhenGated": false,
"behavior": "Allow"
},
"username": "username",
"verificationEmailTemplateId": "8da42c09-461c-45f3-b931-6e9f63b87ab5",
"verificationStrategy": "FormField",
"verifyEmail": true,
"verifyEmailWhenChanged": true
},
"eventConfiguration": {
"events": {
"user.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.deactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.bulk.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.reactivate": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.refresh-token.revoke": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"jwt.public-key.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.success": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.login.failed": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.password.breach": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.create": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.update": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.delete": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.registration.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
},
"user.email.verified": {
"enabled": true,
"transactionType": "None"
}
}
},
"externalIdentifierConfiguration": {
"authorizationGrantIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 30,
"changePasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"changePasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 600,
"deviceCodeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 1800,
"deviceUserCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"emailVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"emailVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"emailVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"externalAuthenticationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"oneTimePasswordTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"passwordlessLoginGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"passwordlessLoginTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"pendingAccountLinkTimeToLiveInSeconds": 3600,
"registrationVerificationIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"registrationVerificationIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"registrationVerificationOneTimeCodeGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomAlphaNumeric"
},
"samlv2AuthNRequestIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"setupPasswordIdGenerator": {
"length": 32,
"type": "randomBytes"
},
"setupPasswordIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 86400,
"trustTokenTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"twoFactorIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 300,
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdGenerator": {
"length": 6,
"type": "randomDigits"
},
"twoFactorOneTimeCodeIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 60,
"twoFactorTrustIdTimeToLiveInSeconds": 2592000,
"webAuthnAuthenticationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180,
"webAuthnRegistrationChallengeTimeToLiveInSeconds": 180
},
"failedAuthenticationConfiguration": {
"actionCancelPolicy": {
"onPasswordReset": false
},
"actionDuration": 3,
"actionDurationUnit": "MINUTES",
"emailUser": false,
"resetCountInSeconds": 60,
"tooManyAttempts": 5,
"userActionId": "16cfc707-268c-4c5b-8989-f71f3ee156d4"
},
"familyConfiguration": {
"allowChildRegistrations": true,
"confirmChildEmailTemplateId": "87654321-4321-8765-ba09-ba0987654321",
"deleteOrphanedAccounts": false,
"deleteOrphanedAccountsDays": 30,
"enabled": true,
"familyRequestEmailTemplateId": "57462514-a73b-cd76-0001-b8a65cd61230",
"maximumChildAge": 12,
"minimumOwnerAge": 21,
"parentEmailRequired": false,
"parentRegistrationEmailTemplateId": "12345678-1234-5678-90ab-1234567890ab"
},
"formConfiguration": {
"adminUserFormId": "e92751a5-25f4-4bca-ad91-66cdf67725d2"
},
"httpSessionMaxInactiveInterval": 3600,
"id": "32306536-3036-6431-3865-646430303332",
"insertInstant": 1572469040579,
"issuer": "https://example.com",
"jwtConfiguration": {
"accessTokenKeyId": "025233ca-d4f3-2aa4-eca9-7e4200e9b472",
"enabled": true,
"idTokenKeyId": "092dbedc-30af-4149-9c61-b578f2c72f59",
"refreshTokenExpirationPolicy": "Fixed",
"refreshTokenRevocationPolicy": {
"onLoginPrevented": true,
"onMultiFactorEnable": true,
"onPasswordChanged": true
},
"refreshTokenTimeToLiveInMinutes": 43200,
"refreshTokenUsagePolicy": "Reusable",
"timeToLiveInSeconds": 3600
},
"lambdaConfiguration": {
"scimEnterpriseUserRequestConverterId": "c2e70f8d-19bb-4df7-848a-33a9a1e26b84",
"scimEnterpriseUserResponseConverterId": "44fc9553-8a2e-408f-8aa2-fa65b70b55e2",
"scimGroupRequestConverterId": "66d65de0-1819-42f8-86ed-7daaa4e155dc",
"scimGroupResponseConverterId": "79812ede-432f-4375-9b43-23c0fe996fef",
"scimUserRequestConverterId": "8a51d7a1-5e3e-442a-b96a-0c31379bb3d4",
"scimUserResponseConverterId": "c8720843-dc4f-4e6c-b6ca-500e9c44695f"
},
"lastUpdateInstant": 1595361143101,
"loginConfiguration": {
"requireAuthentication": true
},
"logoutURL": "http://example.com/logout",
"maximumPasswordAge": {
"days": 180,
"enabled": false
},
"minimumPasswordAge": {
"enabled": false,
"seconds": 30
},
"multiFactorConfiguration": {
"authenticator": {
"algorithm": "HmacSHA1",
"codeLength": 6,
"enabled": true,
"timeStep": 30
},
"email": {
"enabled": true,
"templateId": "d312fb71-d7d8-4b75-a497-6096a07220b3"
},
"loginPolicy": "Enabled",
"sms": {
"enabled": true,
"messengerId": "0a4bae38-ffef-4c33-b74c-1d50c796f600",
"templateId": "f35e04e6-72ec-4f52-b552-29cf950a4ed6"
}
},
"name": "Playtronics Co.",
"oauthConfiguration": {
"clientCredentialsAccessTokenPopulateLambdaId": "46e120c1-4c22-473f-95b4-e2c187cd20c2"
},
"passwordEncryptionConfiguration": {
"encryptionScheme": "salted-pbkdf2-hmac-sha256",
"encryptionSchemeFactor": 24000,
"modifyEncryptionSchemeOnLogin": false
},
"passwordValidationRules": {
"breachDetection": {
"enabled": true,
"notifyUserEmailTemplateId": "e6c74b53-d43d-471e-ae7e-906456d0f341",
"matchMode": "High",
"onLogin": "Off"
},
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true,
"validateOnLogin": false
},
"rateLimitConfiguration": {
"failedLogin": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"forgotPassword": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendEmailVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendRegistrationVerification": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendPasswordless": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
},
"sendTwoFactor": {
"enabled": false,
"limit": 5,
"timePeriodInSeconds": 60
}
},
"registrationConfiguration": {},
"scimServerConfiguration": {
"clientEntityTypeId": "d9ed49f7-1106-4b20-acdb-5cbda76ae77e",
"enabled": true,
"serverEntityTypeId": "919e0ac5-1cf0-4fcf-a8fc-29d77a0d1d8f",
"schemas": {}
},
"ssoConfiguration": {
"deviceTrustTimeToLiveInSeconds": 31536000
},
"state": "Active",
"themeId": "c6ad3fac-6f32-4db7-91a4-061ff035e871",
"userDeletePolicy": {
"unverified": {
"enabled": true,
"numberOfDaysToRetain": 30
}
},
"usernameConfiguration": {
"unique": {
"enabled": false,
"numberOfDigits": 5,
"separator": "#",
"strategy": "OnCollision"
}
},
"webAuthnConfiguration": {
"enabled": true,
"bootstrapWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "crossPlatform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"debug": false,
"reauthenticationWorkflow": {
"authenticatorAttachmentPreference": "platform",
"enabled": true,
"userVerificationRequirement": "required"
},
"relyingPartyId": "piedpiper.com",
"relyingPartyName": "Pied Piper"
}
}
}
Delete a Tenant
This API is used to permanently delete a Tenant. Deleting a Tenant will delete all Users, Applications and Groups that belong to this tenant. Proceed with caution.
Request
DELETE /api/tenant/{tenantId}
Request Parameters
- tenantId [UUID] Required
-
The unique Id of the Tenant to delete.
- async [Boolean] Optional defaults to
false
-
Set this value to
true
to perform this request asynchronously, this means the API will return a response indicating the request has been accepted and will not wait for the operation to complete.
Request Headers
- X-FusionAuth-TenantId [String] Optional
-
The unique Id of the tenant used to scope this API request.
The tenant Id is not required on this request even when more than one tenant has been configured because the tenant can be identified based upon the request parameters or it is otherwise not required.
Specify a tenant Id on this request when you want to ensure the request is scoped to a specific tenant. The tenant Id may be provided through this header or by using a tenant locked API key to achieve the same result.
See Making an API request using a Tenant Id for additional information.
Response
This API does not return a JSON response body.
Code | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The request was successful. The response will be empty. |
202 |
The request has been accepted but not completed. The response will be empty. |
400 |
The request was invalid and/or malformed. The response will contain an Errors JSON Object with the specific errors. This status will also be returned if a paid FusionAuth license is required and is not present. |
401 |
You did not supply a valid Authorization header. The header was omitted or your API key was not valid. The response will be empty. See Authentication. |
404 |
The object you are trying to delete doesn’t exist. The response will be empty. |
500 |
There was an internal error. A stack trace is provided and logged in the FusionAuth log files. The response will be empty. |
Retrieve the Password Validation Rules
This API has been available since 1.8.0
This API is used to retrieve the Password Validation Rules. This configuration is a subset of the Tenant configuration.
Request
Retrieve the Password Validation Rules
GET /api/tenant/password-validation-rules/{tenantId}
Request Parameters
- tenantId [UUID] Required
-
The Id of the tenant.
Request Headers
- X-FusionAuth-TenantId [String] Optional
-
The unique Id of the tenant used to scope this API request.
The tenant Id is not required on this request even when more than one tenant has been configured because the tenant can be identified based upon the request parameters or it is otherwise not required.
Specify a tenant Id on this request when you want to ensure the request is scoped to a specific tenant. The tenant Id may be provided through this header or by using a tenant locked API key to achieve the same result.
See Making an API request using a Tenant Id for additional information.
Response
The response for this API contains the Password Validation Rules.
Code | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The request was successful. The response will contain a JSON body. |
500 |
There was an internal error. A stack trace is provided and logged in the FusionAuth log files. The response will be empty. |
Response Body
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.maxLength [Integer]
-
The maximum number of characters that are allowed for user passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.minLength [Integer]
-
The minimum number of characters that are required for user passwords.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.count [Integer]
-
The number of previous passwords that should be remembered so they are not re-used by the User.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.rememberPreviousPasswords.enabled [Boolean]
-
Indicates that the remember previous password validation is enabled and being enforced.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireMixedCase [Boolean]
-
Indicates that passwords require an uppercase and lowercase character to be valid.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNonAlpha [Boolean]
-
Indicates that passwords require a non-alphanumeric character to be valid.
- tenant.passwordValidationRules.requireNumber [Boolean]
-
Indicates that passwords require at least one number to be valid.
{
"passwordValidationRules": {
"maxLength": 256,
"minLength": 8,
"rememberPreviousPasswords": {
"count": 2,
"enabled": true
},
"requireMixedCase": true,
"requireNonAlpha": true,
"requireNumber": true
}
}
Feedback
How helpful was this page?
See a problem?
File an issue in our docs repo
Have a question or comment to share?
Visit the FusionAuth community forum.